ANANAS

EX LIBRIS
William Healey Dall

Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library

hyp ||
Hai

KUNGL. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1.

14052 NORTHERN

AmollitC INVERTEBRATES

SWEDISH STATE MUSEUM

PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA

BY

NILS ODHNER

WITH SEVEN PLATES

COMMUNICATED DECEMBER 6TH 1911 BY HJ. THEEL AND G. HOLM

UPPSALA & STOCKHOLM. ALMQVIST & WIKSELLS BOKTRYCKERI-A.-B.

BERLIN LONDON PARIS
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN WILLIAM WESLEY & SON LIBRAIRIE C. KLINCKSIECK
11 CARLSTRASSE 28 ESSEX STREET. STRAND 11 RUE DE LILLE

KUNGL. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. Noo 1.

Division of
HOC.

i
£01
sectional Libro

NORTHERN

AND

ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES
BOBERCETTON
SWEDISH STATE MUSEUM
(RIKSMUSEUM)
Vv.
PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA
NILS ODHNER

WITH SEVEN PLATES

COMMUNICATED DECEMBER 6TH 1911 BY HJ. THEEL AND G. HOLM
u
UPPSALA & STOCKHOLM

ALMOVIST & WIKSELLS BOKTRYCKERI-A.-B.
1912

Introduction.

Since the publication of Part III of the present series of monographs, entitled
Opisthobranchia and Pteropoda, I have been engaged in studies with the view to
the publication of faunistical accounts of the remaining groups of Northern and Arctic
Mollusca in the collections of the Swedish State Museum. The present work forms
the beginning of a faunistic revision of the Prosobranchia. Based on a very rich
material, it aims to give in the first place a survey of the variation of these molluscs
within the Boreo- Arctic region. In general the same principles have been followed as in
the earlier part; thus in the first section a scheme is given for the examination of the
species, arranged according to the commonly adopted classification, and in the second
section the distribution of the forms has been stated, both according to the collec-
tions (under the heading »Habitat») and to the Literature (under »General distribu-
tion»). The descriptions of the new forms are placed together in a separate section
at the end. The list of Literature has reference to all the authors cited, and the
Index includes all the names mentioned in the work. On the Plates are figured
(photographs) all the species included in the collections, representing different local-
ities and different forms, to show their geographical, formal and sculptural variation.
The same principles have been followed to show the variation of the radula in the
polymorphous genera Margarita and Solariella.

In order to get an objective survey of the variation I have tried to express it
mathematically, but this has been limited to the formal variation, as that lends itself
best for expression by numbers, obtained by taking measurements of the shells. I
have studied the variation of the specimens from different districts separately, by
which method it is possible to compare the faunistic provinces with one another as
to the character of the variation. I have preferred this way of dealing with the
material, 7. e. from a zoogeographical point of view, considering it to be of greater
importance where Fauna is concerned, though recognizing that an analytical study
of the species with descriptions of varieties based on morphological characteristics
would be of a more purely systematic value.

The general method of expressing variation mathematically is to draw up a
curve showing how the character under consideration varies around a median value

4 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. |! DIOTOCARDIA.

and within definite limits. As a rule in constructing such variation curves it is
presupposed, that all the specimens investigated are at the same stage of development,
so that all changes referable to growth are eliminated. Thus for molluscs, where
growth continues constantly throughout life, such a method would obviously be im-
practicable. In such cases it is impossible to determine an average value of length
or indeed of any such other characters, as are influenced by growth, for the absolute
minimum and maximum of length etc. do not indicate the extent of variation, but
rather the extreme values of the growth.

Briefly, growth is a new factor to be considered in such investigations, which
stands in an unknown ratio to variation; for young forms may vary in different
vays from older ones and the growth is not uniform for all the organs and dimen-
sions during the whole of life, and thus the proportions may be subject to change,
as age increases. For this reason, also, it is impossible to find any ratios (e. g. length
to breadth) that occur so constantly both in young and full-grown specimens, that
one is entitled to speak of a median value for them during the whole of life.

For molluscs and other forms with a permanent growth another method of ex-
pressing variation must be employed, and in respect to them I have proceeded in
the following manner: —

In a coordinate system the horizontal or X-axis may be taken to represent the
absolute length, or sometimes height, of the specimens, expressed in mm, while the
vertical or Y-axis may be taken not as indicating the number of specimens (as
usual), but the absolute amount of some other measurement such as the breadth or
height of the aperture; two or more such quantities may be examined and re-
presented on the Y-axis. A large number of specimens in all the varying stages of
development must be measured and the numbers expressing the respective characters
must be marked in the coordinate system. They fall within zones of a certain
breadth, which thus give us a conception of the extent of variation during all the
stages of development. By connecting all the extreme values, curves are obtained,
which mark the limits of the variation. Between these lies an average value, attained
by the majority of the specimens.

The extent and the median value of variation are available as a characterisa-
tion of the entire material. By taking more characters into account on the Y-axis
the material will be further defined in those several respects. The relative positions
of the variation zones form another basis for establishing the distinction existing in
different classes of material.

It is evident that the greater the number of specimens, the more exact will
the result be. Some of the values arrived at in this work for the variation limits
might very probably be subject to some slight adjustment, were the measurement
of a larger number of shells carried out; they must be regarded as only approximate
in character and in some cases should only with reserve be used for comparisons.

In order to illustrate the above account some examples are given below in a
graphic form.

Figs. 1—3 represent the variation of Margarita groenlandica in different dis-

KUNGL SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 5

a

Fig. 3.

Figs. 1—3. Margarita groenlandica. 1. Spitzbergen. 2. Greenland. The broken line marks the limit between

forma typica and var. umbilicalis. 3. Norway and Iceland. — The squares mark specimens, which are the

true forma typica, the circles (Spitzbergen) the true var. umbilicalis. The upper zone indicates the diameter,
the lower one the height.

6 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

tricts. On the horizontal or X-axis, the absolute height of the shell (taken verti-
cally from the spire to the lowest part of the base) has been marked; its breadth
or diameter (taken perpendicularly to the height), as well as the height of aperture,
has been marked on the vertical or Y-axis. A specimen may, for example, have a
height of 13, a diameter of 16.8 and an aperture height of 7.5 mm (see Fig. 1). The
number 13 is then found on the horizontal or X-axis, the number 16.8 is to be marked
vertically over 13 (by following the Y-axis), and the number 7.5 is to be marked in
the same manner vertically over 13. The points thus obtained consequently show,
that a specimen of the height 13 has a diameter of 16.8 and an aperture height of
7.5 mm. By measuring more specimens of the height 13 it will be found that some
have a diameter of 16.2, others 15.5 or 15 mm etc., and that the aperture height is
in the respective cases 8.2, 7 and 7.2 mm. All these numbers are to be marked verti-
cally over 13. The points thus obtained show that a specimen of the height 13 may
have a diameter of 16.3—15 mm and an aperture height of 8.2—7 mm. When a very
great number of specimens with the height 13 has been measured, all the points thus
obtained mark the general extent of variation of diameter and aperture height in
specimens of 13 mm in height. When the same process is performed with specimens
of other heights, it is obvious that the points mark the extent of variation of dia-
meter and aperture height within all these classes. By connecting the extreme points,
which represent the extreme values, a curve is obtained, which marks the limits of
variation of the characters under consideration. Such limits are represented by the
lines in the diagrams. They have been constructed on the bases of a relatively small
number of specimens and have therefore only an approximate value. They mark the
boundaries of distinct zones, which indicate the extent of variation of respective
characters; thus the upper zone in Figs. 1-—3 shows the extent of variation of the
shell diameter, the lower one that of the aperture height.

Comparing these curves with one another, the following results may be estab-
lished: — The largest specimens are from Spitzbergen, the next in order being the
Greenland specimens, then those from Iceland and, lastly, the Norwegian ones. The
first-named districts, moreover, show a different position both absolute and relative
of the variation zones, falling higher in the coordinate system than the zones of
Iceland and Norway; consequently the species has, in general, a greater breadth and
a higher aperture in Spitzbergen and Greenland. But the specimens from Iceland
and Norway fall within the lower part of the zones of Greenland and Spitzbergen,
which proves that the latter forms occur in all the districts mentioned. This fact
is most plainly evident in respect to Spitzbergen, where the zones are narrower; the
values of some, which are higher, fall above the limits for the majority of specimens.
These latter accord with the Norwegian form; they seem to be rarer at Spitzbergen
than at Greenland.

The broader form, with a wider aperture, which is responsible for the high parts
of the zones, is the variety umbilicalis. This form also occurs on the Norwegian
coast, as is evident from curve 3, where some specimens fall above the highest limit;
they are however very sparse.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, w:o 1. 7

From these curves we consequently deduce the following results as to the
variation of Margarita groenlandica: The typical form and the variety wmbilicalis are
common in Greenland; var. umbilicalis is the most common form of the species on
Spitzbergen and forma typica is occasional; the last is dominant in Iceland and
Norway, where var. umbilicalis is very rare. It is also evident, that numerous stages
of transition occur between the two forms in Greenland, so that they cannot be
distinguished from one another — at least judging solely by their formal characters.

Fig. 6. Fig. 7.

Figs. 4—7. Puncturella noachina. 4. Southern Scandinavia. 5. Spitzbergen. 6. Greenland. 7. Finmark.
© breadth, x height, @ apex perpendicularly from posterior margin.

In curve 1, the broken line marks the limit between the two forms, which were kept
apart from one another when being measured. The line divides the zone into two
equal halves, which is intended to indicate that the extreme specimens of the higher
part form the variety, those of the lower part the type (in their clearest development),
and that they are connected together by intermediate specimens.

The above curves (4—7) illustrate the variation of Puncturella noachina.
On the X-axis there has been inserted the length (or maximal diameter), on the Y-
axis the measurements 1) of breadth (minimal diameter), 2) of height and 3) of the
distance perpendicularly from the apex to the posterior margin.

8 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Specimens from southern Scandinavia (western coasts of Sweden and Norway)
differ, as may be seen, in their essential characters from the forms of the Arctic
districts; in the first place they attain a considerable size, and besides this, are dif-
ferent in some other respects, namely as to height and as to the position of the apex.
The height in large specimens is, comparatively speaking, very small, and the apex
has a more central position than is otherwise the case, but specimens from northern
Norway, though in other respects like those of Spitzbergen, manifest the same char-
acteristics. On Spitzbergen and Greenland the variation is uniform, but a larger
size seems to be more common in the first-named district.

Instead of such variations being expressed graphically, they may be indicated
tabularly by stating the limits of variation-extent. It is necessary to determine these
limits for different stages of growth; on the basis of these statements the curve can
easily be drawn up in its entirety. Thus the curves of Puncturella noachina and Mar-
garita groenlandica given above can be tabularly represented as on pag. 39 and 60—61.

The examples advanced will be sufficient to show how the formal variation of
shells may be expressed in such way as to provide some fixed points for judging of
the mutual faunistic conditions of different districts. It is evident, that the charac-
ters employed here might be augmented with one or two others, but I have consid-
ered those included sufficient for determining the shell form in all essential re-
spects. On these secondary characters depend, e. g. the width of the umbilicus, which
seems to vary in direct proportion to the breadth of the shell; the apical angle and the
convexity of whorls are characters of slighter importance than those above mentioned.

In order to furnish a survey of structural variation, where this proves to be
especially noteworthy, I have included, in certain cases, short accounts of the extreme
forms of sculpture and the transitions between them. Instead of giving extensive
accounts, I refer to the figures, which show the details in all their modifications
better than any descriptions.

In those cases where I have considered it particularly desirous for the sake of
clearness, a short comprehensive survey of the variation of the radula has also been
given. Here I again refer to the figures for details.

The systematic arrangement of the prosobranchiate molluscs still remains unac-
complished in many respect. I have here followed the system devised by BOUVIER,
1887, which is at present accepted by the majority of writers on the subject, in the
form in which it is given in Lan@’s »Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie, Mol-
lusca», 1900. For the subdivision into families and genera as well as for the syno-
nyms employed I have followed and adopted, with a few exceptions, PILSBRyY’s » Manual
of Conchology» and the »List of British Marine Mollusca prepared by a Committee of
the Conchological Society», second edition, 1902.

The statements of length in the synopsis of species is given merely in order
to show the size (medium to maximum) of the species, to serve as a help in their
determination. Only the most important varieties are included in the systematic
survey, others are mentioned in connection with the accounts of the distribution and
the general variation.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. wn:o 1. 9

Prosobranchia.

Heart with the auricle before the ventricle; respiratory organ a clenidium in front
of the heart (seldom secondary branchie or none); nervous system of the streploneurous
type; animal nearly always gonochoristic.

Subordo | Diotocardia (Aspidobranchia).

Heart with one (Docoglossa) or two (Rhipidoglossa) auricles; ctenidium bipin-
nate; pedal ganglia not developed, replaced by longitudinal ganglious cords with
transverse commissures. Shell never siphonated.

Synopsis of Families.
A. Docoglossa.

Radula with 1—3 lateral teeth; heart on the left side of the body, before the
rectum, with 1 auricle; no epipodium. Shell limpet shaped without internal callus
and without slits; apex straight conic or inclined forward, never backward.

1. A real ctenidium in the mantle cavity on the left side of the body; no accessory
branchi@e. Radula without rhachian tooth, of the formula 1.2.(1.0.1).2.1 or
0.2.(1.0.1).2.0 Fam. Acmeide.
No ctenidium in the mantle cavity; accessory branchi® in the mantle furrow all
around the foot. Radula usually without rhachian tooth; normal formula 3.1.
(2,00 2). 13 Fam. Patellide.
3. No ctenidium nor accessory branchi®. Radula with a rhachian tooth, of the

formula 2.0.1.0.2 Fam. Lepetide.

bo

B. Rhipidoglossa.

Radula usually with many laterals; heart in the median line of the body,
pierced by the rectum, with 2 auricles; epipodium mostly present. Shell usually
spirally twisted or, if limpet shaped, with posterior apex.

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48, N:o 1. 2

10 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

1. Zygobranchia: Branchi® 2; both auricles equally developed.
a. Shell spirally twisted, with a spiral slit; operculum present; radula o.1.
(4.1.4).1. a; eyes sessile at the outer base of the tentacles
Fam. Pleurotomariide.
b. Shell limpet or cap-shaped, usually with a short, straight anal slit; no oper-
culum; radula &.1.(4.1.4).1.o (except in Propilidium); eyes pedunculate
or subsessile at the outer base of the tentacles, or absent (in Propilidium)
Fam. Fissurellide.
2. Azygobranchia: ] ctenidium (= the left of the Zygobranchia); right auricle
blindly closed. Shell spirally twisted; operculum present.
a. Operculum usually multispiral with central nucleus; animal with epipodial
eirri.
+. Peristome of the shell incomplete (not continued by a callous margin on
the body whorl); shell nacreous; jaws present or not Fam. Trochide.
++. Peristome continuous; shell not nacreous; jaws present
Fam. Cyclostrematide.
b. Operculum paucispiral with excentric nucleus; animal without epipodial cirri;
peristome incomplete; shell not nacreous; jaws and dentition unknown (sy-
stematical position doubtful)' Fam. Adeorbide.

Synopsis of Genera and Species.

Fam. Acmeide.

Acmxa ESCHSCHOLTZ 1830.
Tectura AUDOUIN 1830.?

Radula with 3 lateral but no median teeth; a branchial plume in the mantle
cavity, but no cordon around the foot; eyes on the base of the tentacles.
I. Radula with no uncinus: 0.2.(1.0.1).2.0; teeth of the radula blunt (subg.

Acmxa sensu stricto).

A. Outer laterals smaller than the inner ones; shell internally with a dark brown
centre of regular form within the mantle scars, and with a broad, continuous,
dark brown border; externally sculptured with fine radiating strie; colour:
brown stripes or spots, forming a net-like texture, sometimes uniformly white
or brown. L. 20—30 mm A. testudinalis (MULLER 1776).

Pl. 1 figs. 17 ABl 26 ig de
B. Lateral teeth of the radula uniform in size. Small forms.
1. Shell light yellowish with radiating stripes of red (rarely unicoloured);
sculpture consisting of obsolete radiating lines. L. 7—14 mm
A. virginea (MÜLLER 1776).
Pl. 1 figs. 9—15.
1 G. 0. Sars (1878) places these forms under fam. Solariide.
> For this synonym confer Watson (1886).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 11

Uniformly cream-coloured; radiating lines distinct. L. 10—11 mm
var. spitzbergensis n. var.
Pl. 1 figs. 14—15.
2. Shell of a uniform reddish, brownish or yellowish colour, without radiat-
ing sculpture. L. 4—8 mm A. rubella (FABrıcıus 1780).
Pl. 1 figs. 16—23.
Shell elevated conic with concave under side var. elevata ODHNER 1910.
VP Sih inte, IB.

Il. Radula with a rudimentary uncinus on each side, at least in certain segments:
1.2.(1.0.1.)2.1; all teeth pointed (subg. Collisella Dati 1871).

A.

B.

Second lateral tooth elongated conical, about 4 times the third in lensth,
slowly tapering towards the apex. Shell smooth or with fine radiating stria,
apex directed foreward, hind slope slightly convex; colour: white and brown
stripes of about equal breadth; inside bluish with a well defined brown
centre and a broad white-striped brown marginal band. L. 24—34 mm
A. patina EscHscHoLtz 1833.
Pl. 1 fig. 8
Second lateral tooth about 2 times the third, from a quadrangular base
abruptly tapering towards the apex. Shell smooth or with strong radiating
ridges; apex directed foreward, hind slope highly convex; colour: irregular
brown and white stripes and minute white and black dots; inside with an
undefined brown centre (or spots), a bluish or whitish lateral partition and
a dark marginal zone often with irregular white and brown dots. L. 11—25
mm A. persona EScHSCHOLTz 1833.
Second lateral tooth nearly as long as the third, triangular, thus immediately
from the base-line tapering towards the pointed apex. Shell conic with
coarse radiating ridges, often obsolete, hind slope nearly straight; colour:
brown stripes broader than the white ones; inside cream coloured with
an irregularly brown-spotted centre and a narrow discontinuous marginal

band of brown dots. L. 30—40 mm A. pelta EscuscHoLtz 1833.
Bly ties 85 Bl 6 nig. 2:

Fam. Patellide.

I. Radula 3.1.(2.0.2).1.3; branchie in a complete circle; shell solid with the

apex nearly central Patella Linnt 1758.
II. Radula of the same formula; branchial circle interrupted in front; shell thin,
with the apex anterior Helcion Montrorr 1810.

Patella LINNE 1758.

Surface of the shell with radiating ribs (sometimes obsolete) and strie. Colour
varying: white, yellow, red, greenish or blackish. L. 35—58 mm

P. vulgata Linné 1758.
Pl. 1 figs. 24—26.

12 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Helcion Montrort 1810.
Surface of the shell smooth, with only a few radiating strie. Colour brownish
or greenish with broken rays of a bright blue. L. 15—20(24) mm

H. pellucidum (Linn& 1758) (= Nacella pellucida Auct.).
Pl. 1 figs. 27—32.

Fam. Lepetide.

I. Uneini of the radula smooth in the margin; central tooth 5-cuspidate; apex of
the shell erect; surface finely granulate Lepeta Gray 1847.
Il. Uneini of the radula finely ciliated in the margin; central tooth 3-cuspidate;

apex of the shell inclined forward.
A. Surface smooth or with concentric lines only; colour whitish. Cusps of the
central tooth nearly equal in size Cryptobranchia MIDDENDORFF 1851.
B. Surface with radiating ribs and granula; colour orange, reddish or grayish.
Middle cusp of the central tooth very large Pilidium ForBes 1849
(= Scutellina G. O. Sars 1878).
Lepeta Gray 1847.
Shell depressed conie with subcentral apex; hinder slope usually straight; sur-
face latticed by fine radiating and concentric strie, granulated in their crossings;
colour whitish, brownish or reddish. L. 10—18.7 mm L. coeca (MULLER 1776).
Pl. 2 figs. 2—17.

Cryptobranchia MIDDENDORFF 1851.

Shell solid, smooth or with very fine strie; apex anterior or subcentral; hinder
slope of the shell convex; mouth ovoid, broader posteriorly; colour white or grayish.
L. 10—20 mm C. alba Dat 1869.
Pl. 2 fige 1
Pilidium Forses 1849.

Shell depressed with fine granular radiating ridges; apex anterior; hinder
slope arcuated; mouth oval; colour orange or reddish. L. 7—9.8 mm

P. fulvum (MULLER 1776).
Pl. 2 figs. 18—23.
Colour whitish var. albula JEFFREYS 1865.
Pl...2 «figs "23.

Shell large, much depressed and broad in proportion to the length
var. expansa JEFFREYS 1865.
Pl. 2 figs. 18, 19.

Fam. Pleurotomariide.
Scissurella D’ORBIGNY 1823.

Anal slit open; operculum horny, circular, multispiral with central nucleus;
animal with 2 long epipodial filaments on each side.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, w:o 1. 13

Shell usually somewhat depressed, aperture broader than high; sculpture con-
sisting of fine radiating ribs and very close spiral strie; colour white; epidermis pale
brownish. H. (of the type) 1.7, D. 2.5 mm; whorls 4; height of aperture = twice
the spire (Forpes & HaNbuy 1853) Sc. crispata Fremine 1832.

Shell less depressed; whorls more flattened above; body-whorl therefore more
angulated; aperture =} the spire; H. 4.2, D. 5 mm; whorls 4 */

var. angulata Lovkn 1846.
Pl. 2 figs. 26—27.

Shell higher than in the type; whorls more convex; body-whorl well rounded ;

radiating ribs fewer; H. 2.38; D. 2.7; aperture 1.8 mm; whorls 4
var. aspera Pmıvıppı 1844 (= var. paucicostata JEFFREYS 1865).
Pl. 2 fi 5

Fam. Fissurellide.

Apex of the shell persistent, inclined backwards, or replaced by the anal slit
and in this case furnished inside with a septum or callus; rhachian tooth of the
radula broader than the uncini (subfam. Emarginuline).

I. Anal slit above the anterior margin; apex central or nearly so.
A. Anal slit apical, situated before the middle of the shell, bounded inside all around with a callus,
but without septum Glyphis CARPENTER 1856
(= Fissurella Brucutre 1792 pro parte).
B. Shell internally with a septum below the hinder part of the anal slit.
1. Apex persistent, bent backward; anal slit preapical
Puncturella Lowe 1827.
2. Anal slit apical and central Fissurisepta SEGUENZA 1862.
II. Anal slit in the anterior margin; shell without internal septum; apex persistent
Emarginula Lamarck 1801.
III. No anal slit; shell with an internal septum as in Puncturella; apex persistent;
radula aberrant, agreeing with Lepeta, 2.0.1.0.2, with tricuspidate rhachian
tooth and serrated uncini; eyes absent (systematical position uncertain)
Propilidium Forses & HANLEY 1849.

Glyphis CARPENTER 1856.
Shell depressed oval, with coarse and dense radiating ribs of alternating strength and concentric strive.
Colour yellowish or brownish, sometimes with darker reddish rays. L. cirea 26, Br. 18, H. 8—11 mm (England)
G. greca (Linx£ 1758).

Puneturella Lowe 1827.

Shell more or less conic, with straight or arcuated anterior slope; apex poste-
rior or subcentral; sculpture consisting of radiating riblets of alternating strength
and concentric fine lines of growth; colour whitish. L. 7—15 mm

P. noachina (LInn& 1771).
Pl. 2 figs. 28—41.

14 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Fissurisepta SEGUENZA 1863.

Shell oval, conic, depressed, but with an elevated apical part, the summit of which is taken up by the
subcircular foramen; sculpture consisting of radiating alternately larger and smaller, closely tuberculate striwe:

>

colour opaque whitish. L. 2.9; Br. 2.3 mn F. granulosa JErFREYS 1882
(= F. papillosa Jerrreys 1870, not SEGUENZA 1863.)

Emarginula LAMARcK 1801.

I. Sculpture reticulated of coarse and sparse longitudinal cords, mostly intermixed
with smaller ones, and concentric ribs of about the same strength; colour white.

L. 9—16 mm E. fissura (Linné 1758)

(= E. reticulata SowkErgßy 1813).

Pl. 2 figs. 42 —45.

II. Sculpture consisting of broad longitudinal fascicles of riblets alternating with
finer threads and crossed by fine and close concentric lire; colour white.

L. 25—37 mm E. crassa SOWERBY 1813.

Pl. 2 figs. 46-50, Pl. 3. figs. 1—2:

Propilidium FORBES & Hanury 1849.

Shell oblong, depressed, with subcentral apex, sculptured by fine and close-set
radiating strie, granulated by crossing concentric ones; apex distinctly twisted; colour
whitish. L. 4.8 mm P. ancyloide (FoRBES 1840).

Pl. 2 fig. 24.

Fam. Trochide.

Animal with frontal lobes; jaws present; radula often with more than 5 lateral
teeth on each side (subfam. Gibbuline).
I. Aperture quadrangular (not rounded); columella dentated or sinuated at base;
outer lip smooth; shell solid, usually variegated and strongly sculptured.
A. Shell umbilicated, usually spirally ribbed, but without sharp keels at the
suture; radula ©.1.(5.1.5).1. , the rhachian tooth with its basal plate
broader than long Gibbula Risso 1826.
B. Shell imperforated, smooth or spirally keeled or granular; often a sharp
ridge at the suture; radula ».1.(4—5.1.4—5).1. o, the rhachian tooth
usually with a longer than broad basal plate Calliostoma Swarnson 1840
(= Zizyphinus Gray 1840).
II. Aperture rounded; columella with a strong tooth below; outer lip thickened and nodulous within; shell
solid, uniformly brownish; whorls rounded, sculptured with spiral cords and longitudinal lamelle
Craspedotus Puiuippr 1847 (= Danilia Brusina 1865).
III. Aperture rounded; columella simple; shell usually thin, smooth or variously
sculptured but always unicoloured.
A. Radula with numerous (> 40) lamellae with recurved apex, denticulated on
both sides; the lateral tooth incomplete (without cusp); shell smooth or
spirally sculptured Margarita LeAcH 1819,

II.

13%

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 15

B. Radula with fewer (5—30) lamelle with falciform apex; lateral tooth of
the same form as the median ones or the first lamella, well developed; shell
often with net-like or granular sculpture Solariella SEARLES Woop 1842

(— Macheroplax FRIELE 1877).

Gibbula Rısso 1826.

Whorls flattened, not inflated nor nodulous below the suture.

A. Shell often pyramidal, narrowly umbilicated with close-set grayish to
brownish radiating stripes, often broken into dots, intervals as narrow as
the stripes; these extending mostly to the umbilicus; sculpture formed by
fine spiral thread-like ridges, of which 11—14 on the base, of uniform
strength. H. 12—20 mm G. cineraria (Linn& 1758).

Pl. 3 figs. 4—7.

B. Shell depressed, conical but never pyramidal, narrowly umbilicated, with sparse reddish stripes (inter-
vals broader than these), extending to the umbilicus, never broken into dots; sculpture formed by
coarser ridges, of which 6—8 stronger and a few finer on the base; body-whorl with a broad
flattened nearly smooth peripheric angular ridge. H. 17, D. 20 mm (England)

G. obliquata (GMELIN 1783)
(= Trochus umbilicatus Monracu 1803).

Whorls inflated in their upper part and truncated at the suture.

A. Shell conic, narrowly umbilicated; whorls not nodulous; colour yellowish or
greenish with a brilliant lustre; longitudinal stripes of brown sparse, wavy
or zigzag, usually broken up in dots on the base, disappearing toward the
umbilicus. H. 10—14 mm G. tumida (Montaau 1803).

Pl. 3 figs. 8—15.

B. Shell depressed, widely umbilicated; whorls nodulous at the suture; colour
yellowish without lustre, variegated by brown dots or irregular and abrupted
stripes. H. 11--20 mm (England) G. magus (Linn& 1758).

al BF a al.

Calliostoma Swatnson 1840.
Zizyphinus GRAY 1840.

Radula as in Gibbula (rhachian tooth with broad basal plate); shell granulated

by crossing spiral riblets and longitudinal lamellz; colour variegated with light

yellowish and darker red or brownish spots or stripes. H. 12—18 mm

C. miliare (BRoccHur 1814)
(= Trochus millegranus PHitrppr 1836).
Mt wer, 1G N):

Radula typical (rhachian tooth with narrower basal plate); shell with spiral

sculpture only.

A. Laterai teeth of the radula 5 on each side; whorls flattened with 3—5 spiral
riblets and 2 stronger on the base; sides of the shell (from apex to base)
slightly convex; colour pale yellowish or reddish with brown dots or stripes.
H. up to 28 mm C. conuloide (LAMARCK 1822)

(= Trochus zizyphinus JEFFREYS 1865, not Linn& 1758).

Pl. 3 figs. 21-23.

16 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

B. Lateral teeth of the radula 4 on each side; whorls slightly convex with 3—
4 spiral ribs of uniform strength; colour pearl-white; animal differing from

all Trochide by 4 lateral cirri on each side (instead of 3). H. 10-14 mm

C. occidentale (MiGneLs & Apams 1841).

Pl. 3 figs. 24—25.

Craspedotus PHiniprr 1847.
Danilia BRUSINA 1865.

Shell elevated, imperforate; spiral cords 5—4 on the upper, 9 on the last whorl. H. 7—8, D. 6—7
mm (France, Locarp 1892) C. otavianus (CanTRAINE 1835)
(= Monodonta Tinei Catcara 1839).

Margarita LracH 1819.

I. Radula with a rudimentary lateral tooth; lamelle denticulated in the inner and
the outer margin.

A. Shell smooth, without sculpture (except extremely fine spiral lines on the
base), depressed conical; umbilicus narrow, not surrounded by a carina;
aperture twice the spire in height; colour grayish green or reddish brown;
radula o.1.(6.1.6).1. 0, the central cusp of the median tooth < their
lateral denticles; height of the last whorl above the columella, seen from
aperture, — half its breadth. H. circa 4—9; D. circa 5—11 mm

M. helicina Puipps 1774.
Pl. 3 figs. 26—34; Pl. 6 figs. 3—5.

B. Shell with spiral sculpture (sometimes absent in M. groenlandica).

1. Sculpture consisting of very fine and dense spiral strie; umbilicus
narrow; colour light yellowish or greenish, sometimes dark bluish, often
vividly iridescent. Spire usually elevated, longitudinal sculpture (lines
of growth) feebler than the spiral one; shell shining. Radula w.1.
(5.1.5).1. 0. H. 6—10, D. 6-11 mm M. olivacea (BRown 1827)

(= M. argentata GouLp 1841).
Pl. 3 figs. 41—46; Pl. 4 figs. 1—3; Pl. 6 figs. 8—10.

Spire usually more depressed; longitudinal sculpture of very fine

dense-set lamelle of about the same strength as the spiral lines,

which are fainter than in the type; shell of a light colour, not

shining; radula o.1.(4.1.4).1. 0 var. gigantea LECHE 1878.

Pl. 3 fig. 44; Pl. 4 figs. 2—3; Pl. 6 figs. 11—13.

Sculpture consisting of coarse and sparse ridges or of sparse impressed

lines (sometimes absent); umbilicus usually wide; shell often not irides-

cent.

a. No prominent longitudinal sculpture, though irregular striz or folds
sometimes are present at the suture; spiral ribs or strie mostly
present, seldom wanting; usually no keel around the umbilicus;
height of the last whorl, above the columella, seen from aperture,

bo

Alls

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, wn:o 1. K7

< half its breadth; colour of the shell yellowish, grayish or reddish;
radula ©.1.(6.1.6).1.©. H. 10—18, D. 10—24 mm
M. groenlandica (CHEmnitz 1781).
Pl. 4 figs. 4—27; Pl. 6 figs. 14—20.
a. Longitudinal short folds at the suture
var. undulata SowERBY 1838.
@. Spiral riblets coarse and dense var. rudis MörcH 1869.
1. A few spiral riblets and a few impressed lines
var. intermedia LecuE 1878.
ö. Smooth, depressed, umbilicus moderate var. laevigata MORcH 1869.
Smooth, conical: only with 1—2 spiral ribs on the uppermost
whorls var. levior JEFFREYS 1865.
Shell depressed, much dilated, umbilicus wide
var. umbilicalis BRODERIP & SOWERBY 1838.
b. Shell with spiral and longitudinal sculpture, the former consisting
of strong sparse riblets on the whorls and feebler ones on the base;
the later consisting of dense-set (on the upper whorls more promi-
nent) lamelle of growth, much finer than the spiral ridges; a spiral
keel usually surrounding the umbilicus; colour grayish or brownish;
radula o.1(4.1.4).1. ©; median teeth usually with acute cusps
and about 5—7 denticles on each side. H. 10—25, D. 10—26 mm
M. cinerea (CouTHOUY 1839).
Pl. 4 figs. 28—37; Pl. 5 figs. 1—5; Pl. 7 figs. 1—4.
Shell depressed conical, whorls rounded, sculptured by low, uniform
keels at equal distances; angular keel indistinct; umbilical keel ab-
sent or well developed; base often nearly smooth; median teeth of
the radula with broadly rounded cusps and fine and dense (8—14)
denticles on each side var. striata BRODERIP & SOWERBY 1829
(= var. grandis Mörch 1857).
Pl. 4 figs. 34—36; Pl. 5 figs. 1—2.
Radula with all teeth well developed (no rudimentary lateral); lamelle denti-
culated only in the outer margin; formula ©.0.(5.1.5).0. ©; shell com-
pletely smooth, elevated conical; aperture nearly =the spire in height; colour
white with a vivid iridescent lustre; central cusps of the median teeth > the

lateral denticles. H. 2—4.3; D. 2.2—4.3 mm M. Vahlii MÖLLER 1842.
Pl. 3 figs. 35—40; Pl. 6 figs. 6—7.

wo

Im

Solariella SEARLES Woop 1842.

Macheroplax Free 1877.

Shell smooth or with indistinct spiral grooves, thin; whorls 5, tumid; umbilicus moderately wide and
deep; spire pointed; shell light flesh-coloured with a faint tinge of nacreous lustre. H. 6; D. 6.5 mm.

(Radula unknown) S. levis Friese 1886.

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48. N:o 1. 3

18

IE

IT,

IN.

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Sculpture consisting of longitudinal folds and very fine spiral striae, more dis-
tinct on the base; 1—3 umbilical keels present; shell conical, whitish, greenish
or brownish. H. 8—11; D. 9—12 mm. Radula 11—12.1.(3.1.3).1.11—12
S. varicosa (MIGHELS & ApDams 1842)

(= Margarita elegantissima S. Woop 1848).

Pl. 5 figs. 6—14; Pl. 7 figs. 5—6.

Sculpture consisting of spiral keels, which are usually more prominent than

the longitudinal folds or striez; colour whitish, greenish or brownish. Radula

5-10.1.(2.1.2).1.5—10. Type with 1—2 prominent spiral ridges and fine

strie; umbilical keel present. H. circa 7, D. 8 mm

S. obscura (CoUTHOUY 1839).
Pl. 5 fig. 22; Pl. 7 figs. 9—20.

(Specimens with 3 strong spiral ridges and a feeble umbilical keel pass over

into var. finmarchica. )

a. Spiral ridges many, strong, though 2—3 are more prominent than the rest;
umbilical keel present var. ciner&formis LECHE 1878.

b. Spiral ridges many, of about uniform strength; umbilical keel present

var. albula GouLp 1862.
Pl. 5 fig. 20.
(Specimens without umbilical keel pass over into var. bella.)
c. Spiral ridges replaced by fine and dense strie; umbilical keel present
var. intermedia LECHE 1878.
Bio igo.

d. Spiral ridges 4—5, unequal in strength; fine longitudinal strie; no umbi- ~

lical keel; H. 4.5; D. 5 mm var. finmarchica n. n.
(= Macharoplax obscura CouTH. of Sars 1878).
Pl. 5 figs. 36—35.

e. Spiral ridges about 7, unequal in strength; longitudinal striz indistinct;

no umbilical keel; H. 4.8; D. 6.4 mm var. multilirata n. var.
Pl. 5 figs. 28—30.

f. Spiral lire undeveloped, replaced by finer strie, about 6—8 on the last

whorl; no umbilical keel. H. 4.5, D. 5.8 mm var. islandica ODHNER 1910.
Pl. 5 fig. 24.

g. Longitudinal sculpture coarse and distant, often of nearly the same strength
as the spiral one; this consisting of a few equally strong ridges; umbilical
keel present or not. Radula with 5—8 lamelle on each side. H. 6.5, D.
7 mm var. bella (VERKRUZEN 1875) G. O. Sars 1878.

Pl. 5 figs. 25—27, 31, 34.

Sculpture consisting of spiral riblets and rows of tubercles (surface of the shell

nodulous or granular).

A. 3 prominent spiral ridges on the last whorl and 1 on the base, surrounding
the umbilicus; aperture roundish; colour pearl-white. H. 8, D. 7 mm.
Radula 5.1.(8.1.3).1.5 (Friern 1877) S. cincta (PHıLıprı 1836)

(= Trochus amabilis JEFFREYS 1865).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 19

B. No keels on the whorls nor around the umbilicus; surface closely and finely
reticulated; colour whitish with a margaritaceous lustre. H. 6.5, D. 7 mm.
Radula as in the type var. affinis JEFFREYS 1883.

Pl. 5 fig. 38.

C. 2—3 prominent spiral ridges on the last whorl, the subsutural one con-
sisting of sparse tubercles; 4—5 nodulous ridges on the convex base; aper-
ture quadrangular; colour yellowish white, somewhat nacreous. H. 6.7, D.
7 mm S. infundibulum (Watson 1879).

Pl. 5 fig. 37.

Fam. Cyclostrematide.

I. Radula ©.1.(5.1.5).1. ©; shell solid with strong transverse ribs; operculum

calcareous Moelleria JEFFREYS 1865.
II. Radula ©.0.(4.1.4).0. ©; shell thin, finely sculptured (or smooth); oper-
culum corneous Cyclostrema MARRYATT 1818.

Moelleria JEFFREYS 1865.

Shell depressed, with longitudinal dense ribs, extending on the base to the
umbilicus; this moderately wide, surrounded with about 4 spiral riblets; colour white,
grayish or brownish. H. 2, D. 2.4 mm; Wh. 3 M. costulata (MÖLLER 1842).

Pl. 5 figs. 43—47.

Cyclostrema MARRYATT 1818.
Delphinoidea Brown 1827.

I. Surface cancellated by elevated spiral and longitudinal lines (subg. Cyclostrema

sensu stricto).
Shell highly depressed, sculptured by spiral lines and denser longitudinal ones; umbilicus very wide,
without peculiar peripheric sculpture; colour transparent white. H. 0.9; D. 1.4 mm; Wh. 3
C. areolatum G. O. Sars 1878.
II. Surface spirally striated (subg. Tubiola A. Apams 1864).
A. Whole surface with microscopical, densely punctured strive; shell depressed, widely umbilicated:
distance form apex to the insertion of outer lip (oblique spire height) about */1 of the aperture
height; colour shining white. H. 0.8, D. 1.2 mm; Wh. 3 C. millepunctatum FRrIkELE 1886.
B. Surface not punctured; usually only the base striated.
1. Basal strie concentric with or emerging from the umbilicus.
a. Spire low, depressed; the oblique spire height °*/s of the aperture;
shell globose; umbilicus moderately wide; breadth of aperture > half
the breadth of the shell; surface smooth, only the base with 8—10
strie; colour white. H. 2.3, D. 2.6 mm; Wh. 4
C. basistriatum (JEFFREYS M. 8.) G. O. Sars 1878.
Pl. 5 figs. 40 and 42; Pl. 7 fig. 8.
Surface striated all over var. striolata G. O. Sars 1878.
Surface finely and regularly striated all over; aperture more expanded than in the type
(its height = ?/3 of the height of the shell) var. profunda FrıeLE 1879.

20 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. l DIOTOCARDIA.

b. Spire higher, shell more depressed; aperture < half the breadth of
the shell.
+. Surface sculptured all over by spiral strive; oblique spire height */s of the aper-
ture; umbilicus wide; colour white. H. 1, D. 1.3 mm; Wh. 3
C. Willei FRIELE 1886.
++. Only the base striated.

x, Shell moderately depressed, its height nearly as large as
the breadth, umbilicus moderately wide or narrow, not
perspective.

<. Aperture slightly angulated above; oblique spire height °/s of the
aperture; whole surface microscopically rugulated; base with numerous
strie; colour yellowish white. H. 1.1, D. 1.3 mm; Wh. 3
C. rugulosum (JEFFREYS M. 8.) G. O. Sars 1878.
<x. Aperture circular; oblique spire height */s of the
aperture; surface smooth, but the apical whorls with
1—2 spiral lire and the base with more or less con-
spicuous striz; colour grayish. H. 1.6; D. 1.8 mm;
Wh. 4 C. turgidum n. sp.
Bl. 5 502. 39:7, 17 herr:
of its breadth; umbilicus wide,
perspective; base with numerous strie; aperture slightly angular above; colour
transparent white, sometimes yellowish. H. 1.2, D. 1.8 mm; Wh. 3—4 (Eng-
land) C. serpuloide (Monracu 1808)
(= Skenea? divisa Forpes & Hantry 1853).

Basal strie absent or arcuated, with their foremost ends bent down

into the umbilicus.

a. Shell globose; oblique spire height about */ of the aperture; um-
bilicus a narrow fissure or wholly covered; base with nearly in-
conspicuous strie; colour opaque white. H. 1.s, D. 2 mm; Wh. 4

C. trochoide (JEFFREYS M. S.) G. O. Sars 1878.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, wholly smooth
var. Peterseni FRIELE 1877.
Pl. 5 fig. AT.

b. Shell depressed; oblique spire height °/s of the aperture; umbilicus
wide; basal strie distinct; colour white. H. 1.2, D. 1.s mm; Wh. 3

C. levigatum (JEFFREYS M. 8.) G. O. Sars 1878.

Q/

3. Shell highly depressed, its height about °/s

to

Fam. Adeorbide.

I. Shell depressed, thin, with flattened base, obviously spirally sculptured; aperture oblique
Adeorbis S. Woop 1842.
II. Shell globular, thin, nearly smooth or microscopically reticulated; aperture roundish
Archytza Costa 1869
(= Trachysma [Jerrreys M. S.] G. O. Sars 1878).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 21

Adeorbis S. Woop 1842.

Whorls convex, the last large, obliquely flattened towards the aperture; umbilicus wide and deep, with
an obtuse angular margin; colour reddish white. H. 1.7, D. 2 mm; Wh. 4 A. fragilis G. O. Sars 1878.

Arehytwa Costa 1869.
Trachysma (JEFFREYS M. 8.) G. O. Sars 1878.

Whorls convex even at the aperture, not flattened below; umbilicus deep, moderately wide without
angular border; colour transparent white. H. 1, D. 1.1 mm; Wh. 37/2 (G. ©. Sars)
A. delicatum Puiniprr 1844.
Shell more dilated, base somewhat flattened, aperture oblique. H. 1.2, D. 1.4 mm
var. expansa G. O. Sars 1878.

22 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Geographical and bathymetrical distribution.

[ap. = height of aperture; br. = breadth; d. =diameter; h. =heigth; 1. = length; sh(s).=
shell(s); sp(s). living specimens; Mus. G.—Museum at Gothenburg; Mus. L. = Mu-
seum at Lund; Mus. U.—Museum at Uppsala].

Acmea testudinalis (MÜLLER 1776).
Pl. 1 figs. 1—7; Pl. 6 fig. 1.

Habitat:!

West coast of Sweden: Hittarp, Helsingborg, Skane, 2 sps, max. |. 8.9 (Lönnberg
*°l6 1902); Kullen (LiLLsEBoRG 1852”) 1 sh., 1. 15.5; br. 11.6; h. 5.2; apex 4 (Mus. U.)
— Kattegatt: Lilla Middelgrund, 10 fms, sand, stones, 2 sps, max. 1. 9.5 (Gunhild Exp.
‘7 1878) — Bohuslän: Marstrandsfjorden, 10 fms, 1 sp., 1. 11 (Sept. 1864); Gull-
marn, 1 sp., 1. 18 (Lovén); D:o 4 sps, max. |. 20.5; br. 15.3; h. 6; and |. 18.5; br.
15.3; h. 7.6 (Mus. U.); D:o, Strömmarna, 10 fms, stones, 1 sp., 1. 10.4 (N. Odhner '*/s
1907); D:o, Smalsund, Zostera, and Blabergsholmen, alge (TH&EL 1907); Väderöarna,
the coral reef, 1 sp., 1. 8.8 (Zool. St. 1890); Sydkoster, 15—20 fms, rocks, 3 sps,
max. |. 21.5 (Eisen & Stuxberg ° 1871); Strömstadsfjärden, 1 sp., 1. 15.5 (Hanson
*/s 1881); Svinesund, 30—70 fms, stony mud, 1 sp., 1. 7.2 (Lindahl 1871.) — Bohuslän
without definite locality, many sps, max. |. 22 (Lovén & B. Fries; Pl. 1 fig. 1);
1 sp. of aberrant breadth: 1. 18; br. 16, h. 6.

South and West coast of Norway: Dröbak, 5—8 fms, stones, Fucus, 8 sps,
max. 1. 9.8 (Lovén); Christianiafjorden, 2 sps, max. |. 9 (Asbjörnsen); Sörfjorden, Har-
danger, 45 fms, stones, 1 sp., 1. 9.6 (Bovallius 1880); Hitterö, 20—30 fms, 1 sh., 1.
12 (Oberg 1869); Bergen, 7 sps, max. 1. 15.9 (Sars); Trondhjemsfjorden, 1 sp., 1. 13.7
(Koren); D:o, Rissen, 1—10 m, mud, 1 sp., 1. 9.5 (Ostergren '?/ 1902); Norway,
without definite locality (»mare norvegicum»), many sps, max. ]. 19.2 (Marklin); D:o,
many sps, max. |. 10.2 (Düben).

Northern Norway: Tromsö, ebb, 1 sp., I. 13.3 (Malmgren 1864); Karlsö, 30 fms,
shells, 1 sp., 1. 12.7 (''/ 1864); Kjosenfjord, ebb, alge, stones, many sps, max. 1. 22.6

! Acmeea testudinalis, mentioned by Aurivillius, 1887 (from Bebring Island) includes A. pelta and patina,
which confer.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 23

(°?/io 1861). — Ulfsfjord, 25—50 fms, 2 sps, max. |. 6.6. — Grötsund, 4 fms, shells,
and ebb, many sps, highly varying: max. |. 22.1; br. 16.1; h. 6.5; another sp. 1.
14,3; br. 11.3; h. 6.2; or 1. 16; br. 11.2; h. 5.5 (Fig. 6). — Finmark, without de-
finite locality, many sps, max. |. 21.4 (Lovén); D:o, 6 sps, max. ]. 25.8 (Sparre
Schneider).

Murman coast and Kola Peninsula: Gawrilowo, 1 sp., 1. 23.3 (Herzenstein 1880).
— Waideguba, a few sps, max. |. 13.6 (Sandeberg *°/s 1877). — Lumbowski, 20 fms,
10 sps, max. 1. 23.8 (8S. °s 1877). — Ladigino, 13 sps, max. 1. 30.6 (S. **/s 1877). —
Orafjord, 100 fms, 4 sps, max. |. 17.3 (S. °/s 1877). — Russian Lapland, Schuret-
skoja (Lilljeborg) 6 sps, max. 1. 12.4 (Mus. U.).

Nova Zembla and Kara Sea (LEecHE 1878): max. |. 23.7 (Cape Grebeni, living).

? Spitzbergen: Bel Sound, 8—12 fms, 1 sh., 1. 14.5; br. 10.6; h. 5.8 (Fig. 4);
probably mistaken for Iceland.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910): Berufjord, max. 1. 28; Raufarhofn, max. 1. 12.2; Sigla-
fjord, max. 1. 24.2 (Figs. 2—3).

Greenland (PossELT & JENSEN 1899): some measurements: Norsovak, max. I.
18.8; Nivakfjord, max. ]. 28.8 (Fig. 7); Egedesminde, max. 1. 23.2; Ritenbenk max. |.
23.2; Godhavn, max. |]. 25; Claushavn max. |. 19.3; Sukkertoppen, max. 1. 24.8
(Fig. 5); Godthaab, 1. 8; Omenak, max. |. 23.5, — Further: Proven, 20—40 fms,
rocks, 1 sp., 2 shs, max. I. (sh.) 20.2. — Cape Dudley Digges, 30—40 m, mud, 1 sh.,
l. 26.1 (E. Nilson °/ 1894). — 64°56 N. 66°18’ W., 15—30 m, sand, 1 sp., 1. 12 (E.
Nilson 12~1%/10 1894).

Behring Sea: St. Lawrence Island, 1—4 fms, sand, 10 sps, max. |. 21; br. 16;
h. 5.8; apex 6.6 (Vega Exp. '/s 1879; AURIVILLIUS 1887).

Limits of formal variation:

Scandinavia, 1,| 10—12 14—16 | 18—20 22—24 26—28 max. 25.8 (Finmark) 30.6; 30.4 (Kola)
Murman coast, = 6.8—9.8 | 9.6—12.8 12.7—16 15.8—19 |19.5—21.5 19 227229 |
|Kola; 65 sps h. | 2.6—5.4 3— 6.6 5—8 6.4—10.5} 8.2—11.5 8 eis lelg:! |
measured apex! 22-4 | 34—44| 4-64 | 44-92 | 8-10 | _ 8.8.5; 10.2 |
1., 10—12 14—16 18—20 | 22—24 | 26—28 | max. 28 (Berufjord)
Iceland; br. | 7.3—9.2 |10.2—12.2} 13—158| 16—18 4)18.2—20 20
15 sps h.| 3.4—4.4 5-6 | 6—78 | 8—9.5 | 8.8—11 11
measured apex | 2.3—3.2 | 3 8—5 3 | 5—7.5 Petia Se E82 8'385 8.8 5
1.| 10—12 | 14—16 18—20 | 22—24 | 26—28 | 28.8 (Nivakfjord)
Greenland; br. 192 | 10—12.4/12.2—16.2 16.319.5 18.— 23.2) 22.5
35 sps h.| 3-44 | 44-62 52-78 | 6.2—10 | 82—11 | 10
‘measured apex| 3—3.8 | 3.7—5.5 | 5.2—7.6 7—9.6 | 9.2—11.8 12

Colour variations: forma tesselata MÜLLER 1776: colour marbled with brown
and white (typical); atropurpurea Loven 1846: colour dark purplish, Bohuslän; alba
Lov&n 1846, lactea JEFFREYS 1865: colour white, Bohuslän, Denmark, England; pallida
VERKRÜZEN 1872: colour white to reddish brown »without the longitudinal rays of the
typical species», Iceland.

' Perpendicular distance from apex to anterior margin.

24 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. l DIOTOCARDIA.

General Distribution:

Norway: Finmark southwards, |. 30 (G. O. Sars 1878; 1. 47, M. Sars 1858;
Friele 1874; Schneider 1881, 1885, 1891, 1894; Aurivillius 1886; Bidenkap 1897; De
Guerne 1886, 0—124 m; Norman 1902; Nordgaard 1907). — Christianiafjord (As-
björnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870, to 40 fms). — Bohuslän (Lovén 1846; Malm 1855). —
Göteborg Skärgärd (Malm 1858). — Kullen (Lovén 1846; Lilljeborg 1852”). — Katte-
gatt, rare, Oresund, more common, Zostera; max. l. 29 (Mörch 1871; Petersen 1888),
+ var alba. — Oresund: Hven—Landskrona: Sofiero, 10—17 m (Lönnberg 1898). —
Kiel, 1. 20 (Meyer & Mobius 1872). — Iceland (Mörch 1869*; Verkrüzen 1872°, + var.
pallida; Posselt & Jensen 1899; Johansen 1902). — Faroes (Mörch 1868). — Great
Britain (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank (Hargreaves 1910). — Azores, 15 m to 450 fms
(Dautzenberg 1589; Watson 1886). — Russian Lapland (Middendorff 1849). — Murman
coast, White Sea; Nova Zembla (Herzenstein 1893, Dautzenberg 1911). — Kolguev, 10
fms (Melvill & Standen 1900). — Kara Sea, 12 fms, 1. 16 (Collin 1887). — Behring
Sea, Arctic Ocean, Alaska to Sitcha (Dall 1878). — Japan, 7 fms (Jeffreys 1876). —
Amur, |. 37 (Schrenk 1867). — Greenland, to 100 fms (Posselt & Jensen 1899; Grieg
1909, 1. 25). — Cumberland Sound (Pfeffer 1886). — Parry Islands, 12—15 fms
(Sutherland 1852; Reeve 1855). — E. Canada, to 15 fms (Whiteaves 1901). — New
England, 1. 18 (Gould & Binney 1870). — Mexico (Jeffreys 1869). — Antilles (frde
Meyer & Mobius 1872). Depths 0—450 fms. Stones, rocks, mud, alge, Zostera.

Acmea virginea (MULLER 1776).
Pl. 1 figs. 9--15.

Habitat:
West coast of Sweden: Skane, NW off Sofiero, 1 sp., 1. 5 (Lönnberg '°/s 1902);
Kullen (LiLLJIEBORG 1855) 2 shs, max. 1. 7; br. 4.7; h. 2.3 (Mus. U.). — Halland:

lighthouse of Väderö in SSW, point of Höghalla in ESE, 15 fms, shells and gravels,
2 sps, max. |. 9.5; br. 7; h. 5.7 (Lönnberg 19/7 1902); Fig. 10; off Varberg, 1 sh., 1.
4.8 (Torell). — Kattegatt: Lilla Middelgrund, 1 sh., 1. 4.6 (Gunhild Exp. 1878); about
1/, mile NE of lightship Fladen, 40 m, clay, mud, 2 sps, max. |. 4.8; br. 3.6; h. 2
(°?/s 1911). — Bohuslän (Fig. 10): N. Ästol—Dyrön, Marstrand, 18—36 m, 2 sps, max.
l. 7 (Lagerberg *®/- 1906); Gullmarn: Strömmarna, 10 fms, stones, 4 sps, max. 1. 6
(N. Odhner '*/ 1907); Strömmarna—Lunnevik, 18 m, mud, 1 sp., 1. 4.2 (N. Odhner
17/, 1907); Skatholmen, E of the fine sand, 5—6 m, stones, gravel, alge, 3 sps, max.
l. 8.5 (?% 1903); D:o, fine sand with shells, 6 sps, max. 1. 6.4 (°°/s and */s 1903);
Skärberget, 2 sps, max. 1. 6.3 (Lovén); Flatholmen, NE point, 1 sp., 1. 5.5 (?/: 1906);
other localities see Tuten (1907). — Väderöarna, sand, clay, 4 sps, max. 1. 9 (A.
Goes); D:o, 100 fms, 1 sh. — Dyngö, 10 sps, max. 1. 5.4 (A. Goös). — Koster, 2—5
fms, inside the islands, 1 sp., 1. 9 (Ljungman 1865); D:o, 15—20 fms, rocks, 1 sp.,

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. wn:o 1, 25

l. 5.3 (Eisen & Stuxberg ° 1871). — Strömstad, 1 sp., J. 5.6 (Hanson '?/s 1890). —
Bohuslän, without definite locality, many sps., max. |. 9.2 (B. Fries 1838); (Fig. 10).

South and west coast of Norway: Herföl, 16 fms, 6 sps, max. |. 7.9 (Torell).
— Christianiafjorden, 5 sps, max. ]. 10.4 (Asbjörnsen). — Dröbak, 5—8 fms, corals,
many sps, max. |. 10.6 (Lovén 1850); Fig. 9; many of these shells have a concave
under side, due to their adherence to corals; D:o, 50 fms, 2 shs, max. l. 6 (Lovén
1850). — Sörfjorden, Hardanger, 45 fms, stones, 4 sps, max. |. 6.5 (Bovallius "°%r
1880). —- Stolsfjord, Farsund, 47 fms, clay, 1 sp., I. 8 (Bovallius 1880). — Färne-
fjord, 20—100 fms, sand, clay, 1 sp., 1. 5.5 (v. Yhlen). — Hitterö, 20—30 fms, shells
3 shs, max. 1. 9.4 (Oberg 1869). — Bergen, 10 shs, max. |. 8.8 (Sars). — Grip and
Kristiansund (LILLJEBORG 1851) many shs, high or depressed, max. |. 8; br. 6.3;
h. 2 and Il. 7.5; br. 6.1; h. 2.8 (Mus. U.) — Trondhjemsfjord, 6 sps, max. 1. 14.4
(Koren). — Norway, without definite locality, many sps, much varying: max. 1. 9.6;
br. 8; h. 4; apex 2.5; another sp.: |. 8; br. 6.6; h. 3; apex 1.2 (Düben).

Northern Norway: Nordlanden, 4 sps, max. |. 8 (Nylander & Gadd). — Tromso
(Lilljeborg) many shs, max. |. 6; br. 5; h. 1.8 (depressed and with curved inferior
margin) (Mus. U.). — Kjosenfjord, 25—40 fms, clay (Goes & Malmgren °°/ı 1861)
1 sh., 1. 9.1; br. 6.8; h. 6; apex 2.5. — Grötsund, 70—100 fms, clay, 7 sps, max. |.
9.2 (Goés & Malmgren); D:o, 4 fms, shells, 4 sps, with concave under side, max. |.
4.5. — Peisen, 5 sps, with a slightly curved under side, max. |. 6.6 (Nylander & Gadd).
Finmark without definite locality, 4 shs, max. 1. 9.7 (Loven); Figs. 11—12. — Kveen-
angen, 0—25 fms (Cleve) 3 sps, max. 1. 8.5 (Mus. U.).

Iceland (ODHNER 1910). Maximal dimensions: Thistilfjord, 1. 6; br. 4.5; h. 2;
Raufarhofn |. 12; br. 9.8; h. 6.3; shell solid (Fig. 13); Iceland, without definite local-
ity, 1 sh., 1. 13; br. 11; h. 6.5; apex 3.

Limits of formal variation:

ee | max. 14.4 (Trondhjemsfjord)

6—7 89 | |
| Scandinavia ; br 26—4 | 42-65 | 58-75 | 74-9 | 111
| 75 sps h.| 13--2.4 | 1.6—3.4 | 22—49 | 3—5.8 4.5
| measured apex | 0.8—l.6 | 08—2.7 | 1.43.3 | 2—3.5 4

Specimens with a curved inferior margin oceur commonly together with the
type on coral bottoms. They are not included in the above table.

Variation of colour and sculpture: The red radiating stripes of the shell are
seldom wanting (var. lactea JEFFREYS (1865) of an uniform white colour), but they
become paler in older specimens. In the following var. spitzbergensis they are wholly
absent. The shell is usually smooth, but faint radiating lines sometimes occur; they
are particularly prominent in var. spitzbergensis.

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48. N:o 1. 4

26 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

General Distribution:

Norway, Varangerfjord—southwards (G. O. Sars 1878; Friele 1874; Schneider
1885, max. |]. 13; 1891, 1894; Bidenkap 1897; Aurivillius 1886; De Guerne 1886;
Norman 1902; Nordgaard 1907; Lilljeborg 1851). — Christianiafjord (Asbjérnsen
1854; Jeffreys 1870, 0—100 fms). — Bohuslän, 1—60 fms (Malm 1855); Göteborg
Skargard, Vinga, 16—23 fms (Malm 1858); Hallands Väderö (Lönnberg 1903); Kullen
(Lovén 1846; Lilljeborg 1855). — Kattegatt to Hven, 7—16 fms (Mörch 1871; Peter-
sen 1888). — Oresund, 10—22 m (l. 8; Lönnberg 1898). — Iceland (+ var. lactea,
Verkrüzen 1872; Johansen 1902; Odhner 1910). — Faroes (var. orbicularis, Mörch
1868). — N. of Hebrides, 530 fms (Jeffreys 1882). — British Isles (Jeffreys 1865,
1882). — Dogger Bank (+ var. lactea, Hargreaves 1910). — Heligoland, 2—10 fms
(Metzger 1875). — North Sea off Holland—Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — France,

rather common (Locard 1892). — Spain and 8. Portugal (Jeffreys 1882); Portugal,
rather common (Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean (Carus 1889). — Off Morocco; Ma-

deira; Canaries; Cap Verde Isles; Azores; St. Helena; to 650 fms (Jeffreys 1882).
Depths 0—650 fms. Stones, sand, clay, corals, alge.

Var. spitzbergensis n. var.
Pl. 1 figs. 14—15.

Habitat:

Spitzbergen: Treurenburg Bay, 1 sh., 1. 10.9; br. 8.2; h. 3.9. — Mossel Bay,
14 fms, Lithothamnion, sand ('’ı 1873), 1 sh., 1. 10.3; br. 7.4; h. 3.8. Both these
shells are of a relatively fresh appearance and probably not subfossil.

Acmea rubella (Fapricius 1780)
(incl. var. elevata ODHNER 1910).
Pl. 1 figs. 16—23.

Habitat:

Northern Norway: Ramsfjord, 9—13 fms, 1 sh., l. 2.8; br. 2.9; h. 2.7; curved
inferior margin (Torell); Kjosenfjord, ebb, alge, stones, 1 sh., ]. 5.3; curved inferior
margin (Goés & Malmgren *°/10 1861); Grötsund, 4 fms, shells, 1 sh., 1. 4.6; curved
inf. marg. (G. & M. 1861), Fig. 20; Karlsö, N. of Tromsö, 5—15 fms, rocks, 1 sp.,
l. 5.7 (LecHE 1878); Finmark, without definite locality (Loven) 1 sh. (Fig. 21).

Kola Peninsula: Waideguba, off the harbour, with surface net, 1 sp., l. 2.8
(Sandeberg °*/; 1877).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o. DM.

Kara Sea (LecHe 1878): Kostin sharr, 1 sh., 1. 4.6 (Fig. 16) and other localities.

Spitzbergen: Horn Sound, 40—60 fms, clay, stones, 1 sh. (fragm.), 1. about 7.
— Bel Sound, 30—60 fms, stones with zoophytes, 5 shs, max. |. 5.7 (Torell). — Ice
Fiord, Cape Thordsen, 2 sps, max. |. 4.9 (Willander 1870). — Kings Bay, 120 fms,
clay, 1 sh. (fragm.) (1861). — Kobbe Bay, 3 fms, sand, 1 sh., |. 3.9 (?"/s 1861). —
Smeerenburg Bay, low water, 1 sh., 1. 6 (*’/s 1868). — Norwegian Islands, 15—20
fms, stones, sand, 5 shs, max. |. 6.3 ('”/s 1872). — Liefde Bay, 20—30 fms, clay
with stones, 1 sh., 1. 5 (°/» 1868). — Mossel Bay, 9'/.—16 fms, sand, Lithothamnion,
2 shs, max. |. 6.5 (1%: and **/s 1873); D:o, 20 fms, mud with shells, 1 sp., 1. 4.7 (?°/s
1873). — Lomme Bay, at a glacier bank, 1 sh., l. circa 7 (Torell 1861). — Treuren-
burg Bay, 6—15 fms, sand, clay, stones (1861), 7 shs, max. |. 8 (Fig. 17). — Parry’s
Island, 30—40 fms, stones, gravel, 2 sps, max. 1. 4.2 (°/» 1868). — Castren’s Islands,
30—40 fms, clay, stones, 1 sp., 1 sh., max. 1. 6.4 (”/; 1868). — Charles XII Island,
80°45' N. 25°20' E., 60—70 fms, rocks with Corallina, 3 sps, max. |. 3.5 (*°/s 1898).

Iceland (OpHNER 1910) incl. var. elevata: Berufjord, max. 1. 6 (Figs. 19 and 22—
23). — Thistilfjord, max, 1. 4.8. — Raufarhofn, max. |. 4.3.

Greenland (PosseLT & JENSEN 1899); some measurements: Julianehaab, max. 1.
6.5. — Godthaab, max. |. 5. — Sukkertoppen, max. 1. 5.6. — Egedesminde, max. I. 5.6.
— Godhavn, ]. 6. — Umanak, max. |. 4.5. — Pröven, max. L 7 (Fig. 18). — Uperni-
vik, max. |. 4.3. — 63°47' N. 52°26 W., max. I. 5...

Variation:

Colour varies form darker to lighter brownish. — As in A. virginea, specimens
of A. rubella, living on coral bottoms at Iceland and Finmark have a concave under-
side and sometimes an elevated shape (var. elevata ODHNER 1910); but stages of
transition from such extreme forms Jead over into the type.

Limits of formal variation:

| Iceland l.| 2-3 | 3—4 | ea eG max. 6 (Berufjord)

(inel.var.elevata*);br.| 1.7—3* | 2.7—4*; 2.5—3.3 3—4.1 | 3.8—(4.7)| 4.9 |
20 sps, h.| 12—2.5*| 2-34, 14-2 |17-29| 2-37 3.3 |
measured apex | 0.7—1.3 1—1.7 u 1.2—2 | 1.7—2.5 2.5 7 |
i oes seen || ds 5-6 | 6-7 | max. 72 (Pröven) |

Greenland; br. |(-7)—2.5 | 2.3-—3.3 | 3—4.1 | 38—5.3 | 48—6 5.9 |

| 25 sps h.|(1.1)—Le | 1.0.1 | 17 0.0 | 223.7 | 25—3. | 3.7

| measured apex |(0.7)—1.2 | 1-17 | 1.3—2 | 72,7 | 23 | 2.6 ri _

| l.ı 23 | Be | ie 61 7—8 max. 8.2 (Treurenburg Bay)

| Spitzbergen; br. |(1.5)—2.3 | 2.3—3.2 | 3—4.4 | 3.8—5 48—5.9 | 56—6.8 | 6.9

| 25 sps h. (0:8)—1.4 | 12—22 | 7-8 |23—3.2 | 28-4 | 3.6—4.7 | 4.9

| measured apex (0.9)—1.2 | 11—1.6 | 1.4—2.2 | 1.6—2.4 2—3 | 2—3.3 | 32

Numerals in a parenthesis mark calculated values.

28 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

General Distribution:

Norway: Tromsö to Vadsö, 10—14 fms (l. 6, G. O. Sars 1878; Lovén 1846;
Schneider 1885; Norman 1902); Varangerfjord, 20—30 m (De Guerne 1886). — Mur-
man Coast; Nova Zembla (Herzenstein 1893; Leche 1878). — Spitzbergen (Torell
1859); Stor Fiord (l. 6.3, Knipowitsch 1901"). — Jan Mayen (Becher 1886). — Off
Norway, 300 fms, dead shell (FRIELE & Griea 1901). — Iceland (Odhner 1910). —
Greenland from Upernivik southwards, 100 fms, 1. 7 (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Jones
Sound, 10—20 m, 1. 7.5 (Grieg 1909). — Parry Islands, 12—15 fms (Sutherland 1852).
— E. Canada, 20—35 fms (WHITEAVES 1901). — Newfoundland (Verkrüzen 1877). —
Alaska (fide Posselt & Jensen 1899). Depths 3—300 fms. Rocks, stones, sand,
clay, algze.

Acmeza patina Kscuscnoitz 1833.
(= Patella testudinalis forma normalis AvrıvirLıus 1887).

PI figs;

Habitat:

Behring Island, 0—1 fms, stones, alge, many sps, max. |. 33.5; br. 26.7; h.
10.2; apex 11.9 (Vega Exp. '°/s 1879).

Limits of formal variation (100 sps):

l. 16—18 20—22 24 —26 28—-30 32—34

| br. 11—14 13.8—17 | 17—21 20.4—24.6 24-27
h. 3.8—5.6 | 4.8—7 5.6—8.8 | 6.4—10.2| 7.8—11.6|
| | |
| apex 3—5.6| 4-7 | 5.4—9.6 | 6.8—11.8| 9.4—13.8

General Distribution:

Behring Island (Datu 1887); Alaska, Aleutian Islands to San Diego, California
(DAL 1878).

Acmea persona EschscHoLtz 1833.

Habitat:

Behring Island, 0—1 fms, among A. patina and A. pelta, 15 sps, max. |]. 11.1;
br. 8.2; h. 3.5; apex 1.2 and 1. 10; br, 8; h. 3.2; apex 1.3. The specimens belong to
the smooth forma typica.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 29

General Distribution:

Aleutian Islands to 8. Barbara Island, California (DALL 1878).

Acmea pelta EscuschoLtz 1833.
= Patella testudinalis forma elatior Aurivillius 1887).
Pl. 1 fig. 8.
Habitat:
Behring Island, together with the preceding species, numerous sps, max. I.

42; br. 31.2; h. 16.8; apex. 14.

Limits of formal variation (100 sps):

L | 16-18 | 20-22 | 24-25 28-30 | 34 | 3038
br. 11.2—13.4| 14—16.8 16.8—21.4)19.4—24 | 22—27.6 24.4—29

h. | 5.4—7 | 6.6—8.8 | 7.s—11.4 9—13.8) 11—15.8112.8—16.8
apex | 426.4 | 5.2—8 | 64—10 | 5.6—11.8| 8.6—13.6| 8.6—15.4|

General Distribution:
Behring Island (Dall 1887). — »Aleutian Island and the southern coast of Alaska

south and east to the Santa Barbara Islands, Cal., between or near tide-mark»
(Dall 1878).

Patella vulgata Lınn& 1758.
Pl. 1 figs. 24—26.

Habitat:

Bohuslän: Hall6, 2 sps, max. |. 53. — Gullmarn: Flatholmen, Blabergsholmen,
Bonden, Smögen, common in the outer islands, rocks, alge, in tide-mark (Tnuker 1907);
Off Bondhalet (Aurivillius 1895). — Väderöarna, many sps, max. |. 47, highly varying
in form and sculpture (Figs. 25—26). — Bohuslän, without definite locality, max. 1.
64 (v. Fries).

Norway: Farsund, 15 fms, 2 shs, 1. 50 (Eugenie Exp. ''/, 1851); max. |. 54
(Mus. U.). — Jederen, 100—150 fms, 1 sh., 1. 27.5 (B. Olsson). — Rondo, 20—30

30 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

fms, shingles, 1 sh., 1. 20.8 (v. Yhlen). — NW. off Siggen, Bergen, 100 fms, 3 shs,
max. 1. 47 (1875). — NNW. off Bergen, 90—150 fms, fish bank, many shs, max. |.
53 (Olsson). D:o, 90—170 fms, 3shs, max. 1. 42.5 (Uddström). — Bergen, 4 shs, max. |.
28.5 (M. Sars). — Trondhjem, 5 shs, max. |. 47 (Sundevall). — Norvay, without de-
finite locality, many shs, max. |. 52 (Rasch), Fig. 24.

Shetland: Baltasound, on stones, tide mark, 2 sps, max. l. 23 (Hammar-
sten 1909).

Varieties:

Shell with coarse ribs, type, Fig. 26; with fine but sharp ribs, var. depressa
PENNANT 1777, Fig. 24; depressed; fine ribs; inside dark bluish, var. coerulea LINNE
1767 (in JEFFREYS 1865), Fig. 25.

Limits of formal variation:

|

1 | 14-18 | 2: |

| 225 | 30—-34 | 38—42 | 46—50 | 54—58
| Scandinavia ; br. 10—15 116.8—23 | 24—30 | 30—38.4) 37—45 46—50
| 75 sps h. | 3.5—8 | 5.5—10.3|(7)'9—16 | 13—19 | 15—25 | 20-28
| measured apex | 45—7 | 7.2—10.2/10.g—14.4|13.s—18 |10.4—21.6| 17—26.8

General Distribution:

Norway to Lofoten, 1. 39 (G. O. Sars 1878); to Vanö, 70° N. (Schneider 1895).
Nordlanden (Krause 1887; Loven 1846). — West coast (Friele 1874; Lilljeborg 1851).
— Christianiafjord (Asbjörnsen 1854). — Bohuslän (Loven 1846; Malm 1855). —
Denmark, Bulbjerg, dead sh. (Mörch 1871); west coast of Jutland (Christensen 1907). —
Faroes 1, 60 (Mörch 1868). — British Isles (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank (Har-

greaves 1910). — Holland and Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — France, very com-
mon (Locard 1892). — Portugal, abundant (Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean (Carus

1889). — Cape Verde Isles (Jeffreys 1865). — Azores (Dautzenberg 1889). — Tide
mark, in deeper water dead shells.

Helcion pellucidum (Linn& 1758).
Bl. 1 figs. 2732.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Kullen (LiLLJsEBORG 1852"), many shs, max. |. 16;
br. 12; h. 4.8 (Mus. U.); Skane, off Hallands Väderö, NW. to N. of Torekov, 8 fms,

! Exceptional, 1 sp. from Väderöarna.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 31

alge, 2 sps, max. 1. 13.8 (E. Lönnberg '°/, 1902). — Halland: Varberg, 1 sh., 1. 13.7
(Torell). — Bohuslän, Gullmarn: Bläbergsholmen, Flatholmen, Strömmarna, Stang-
holmen and other localities (Tuken 1907), 20—40 fms, Laminariw, rather common,
max. l. 17.8 (Strömmarna 1894); Kräftfjord, 15—30 fms, sand 1 sh., 1. 8,5; Gullmarn,
without definite locality, many shs, max. ]. 20 (Fries & Loven), Figs. 31, 32. —
Väderöarna, 30 fms, sand, 4 sps, max. |. 11.2 (Gunhild Exp. '”; 1877); D:o, sand,
clay, 5 shs, max. |. 10.8 (A. Goös). — Sydkoster, 15—20 fms, rocks, 3 shs, max. |.
17.3 (Eisen & Stuxberg ° 1871); Kosterfjorden, 5—15 fms, rocks, 1 sp., 1. 9 (Ljung-
man °°/; 1865); Koster, many sps, max. |. 17.4 (Fries & Lovén), Figs. 31—-32.

Norway: Christianiafjorden (Asbjornsen) 3 shs, max. |. 18.3 (Fig. 29). — Stols-
fjord, Farsund, 47 fms, clay, 2 shs, ]. 10.2 (Bovallius 1880), Fig. 28; max, l. 13
(Mus. U.). — Hitterö, 20—30 fms, shells, many shs, max. |. 13.9 (Oberg 1869). —
Bodybet, 20 fms, 3 shs, max. l. 14.7 (v. Yhlen). — Grip (Lilljeborg) many sps, max.
l. 15 (Mus. U.). — Bergen, 4 shs, max. |. 12 (M. Sars). — Hammarfest, 2 shs, max.
l. 13.3 (2%, 1840). — Finmark, many shs, max. ]. 24.7 (Loven), Fig. 27. — Norway,
without definite locality, 8 shs, max. 1. 14.9 (Düben, Marklin), Fig. 30.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910): Reykiavik, |. 9.8.

Limits of formal variation:

| | 6—7 s—9 | 119 | 34216 | 17—18 | 19-20 | max. 20 (Bohuslän) 24.7 (Finmark)
Scandinavia br. 4—5.3 | 5.4—7,3 | 73—9.8 | 9.8—12.5| 12—15 |13.5—16.6 16.6 18.9
50 sps h. | I—L7 | 15-27 | 28—4 (87-57 57 | 785 | 8.5 11 |
| measured apex | 0 | 0-08 | 0.1—1.7 | 0.3—2.3 | 2.3—3.5 2—4 | DT, 4 |

General Distribution:

Norway to Oxfjord (l. 18, G. O. Sars 1878), to Vardö (Schneider 1894, 1895),
West coast (Friele 1874, Lilljeborg 1851); Christianiafjord (Asbjörnsen 1854). —
Bohuslän, 6—20 fms, Laminarie (Malm 1855); Väderösund (Lönnberg 1903); Kullen
(Lovén 1846; Lilljeborg 1852”). — Denmark: W. of Jutland (Christensen 1907); Kattegatt
to Hornbek, Odense Fiord and Hellebak (Mörch 1871; Petersen 1888). — Murman coast
(Herzenstein 1893). — Iceland (Mörch 1869°; Verkrüzen 1872; Johansen 1902; Odhner
1910). — Faroes (Mörch 1868). — British Isles (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank (+var.
levis, Hargreaves 1910). — Heligoland, 2—10 fms (Metzger 1875). — Belgium, very
rare (Maitland 1897. — France rather common (Locard 1892). — Spain to 20 fms
(Jeffreys 1882). — Portugal, abundant (Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean (Carus 1889).
— W. off Ireland, 90—370 fms; E. off Shetland 75 fms; N. off Scotland, 364—808
fms (Jeffreys 1882). — Mogador (Mc Andrew 1852). Depths to 808 fms. Alge, rocks,
sand ete.

32 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Lepeta coeca (MULLER 1776).

Pl. 2 figs. 2—17.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Skane: Helsingborg, 18—22 fms, clay with sand, 1 sh.,
l. 10, br. 7.7; h. 4.2 (Gunhild Exp. '”/ 1878); Öresund between Helsingborg and
Landskrona, 2 shs, max. 1. 8.6; SW. of Sofiero 1 sp., 1. 7.2; br. 5.3; h. 2.3 (Lönn-
berg °°s 1896); Knähak perch, 1 sh., 1]. 12.5 and N. of Pilhak perch, pebbles, shells,
1 sp., . 4+1 sh., 1. 9.4 (Mus. L.) — Bohuslän: Gullmarn, 5 sps + shs, max. ]. 15.4
(Loven); D:o, Skarberget, 1 sp., l. 10; br. 7.9; 3.7 (Loven); D:o, Stangholmen, 2
sps, max. l. 10 (Aurivillius ''/ 1890); D:o, Flatholmsrännan, 60—80 m, 3 sps, max.
l. 13.2; br. 10.4; h. 3.8 ('%/s 1911). — Väderöarna, many sps, max. 1. 12.8 (Loven),
Fig. 3; D:o, 40—50 fms, corals, 1 sp., 1. 9.8; br. 7.2; h. 3.2 (°% 1877); 'D:0, 60:fms;
clay, many sps, max. |. 11... — Ramsö, 130 fms, clay, 1 sp., 1. 8.1 (?-%4 1889). —
Koster 1 sh, 1. 11; br. 8.6; h. 3.5 (Loven); Kostersten, 60—110 fms, many sps,
max. 1. 10.8 (Aurivillius ’% 1895); Kosterrännan, 12 fms, clay, 2 sps, max. 1. 9.5
(‘°/; 1877). — Svinesund, 30—70 fms, mud with stones, 2 shs, max. 1. 11.5 (J. Lindahl).
— Skagerrack 150 fms, clay, 3 shs, max. |. 3.6 (J. Lindahl).

South and west coast of Norway: Christianiafjorden, 4 shs, max. |. 11.4 (As-
bjornsen), Fig. 2. — Utne, Hardangerfjord, 30—40 fms (Aurivillius) 1 sh., 1. 13.5; br.
10.2; h. 4; apex 5 (Mus. U.); Sörfjorden, Hardanger, 45 fms, stones, many sps, max.
l. 9 (Bovallius '% 1880). — Godö, 90 fms, clay, 3 shs. max. ]. 8.3 (v. Yhlen). —
Bergen, 5 shs, max. |. 12.8 (M. Sars), Fig. 4. — Molde and Kristiansund (Lilljeborg)
many sps, max. l. 12.3 (Mus. U.). — Trondhjemsfjorden, 1 sp., 1. 7.5 (Koren). —
Norway, without definite locality, 2 sps, max. |. 7.8 (Diiben).

Northern Norway: Grötsund, 70 fms, clay, stones, many shs, max. l. 7.9 (Goés
& Malmgren 1861). — Ramfjord, 80 fms, clay, 3 shs, max. 1. 5.5 (G. & M. 1861).
Kjosen, 25—40 fms, clay, many shs, max. ]. 14 (G. & M.). — Karlsö, N. of Tromso,
2 shs, max. |. 7.3 (G. & M.). — Maskenzs and Gjesvar, 2 shs, max. 1. 9.2 (Maske-
nes). — Ulfsfjord, many sps. max. 1. 9.7 (G. & M.), Fig. 5.

Murman coast: Teriberka, 31—33 fms, stones, shells, 2 shs, max. 1. 9.1 (Her-
zenstein).

Kola Peninsula: Ora Guba, 90—100 fms, many sps, max. I. 13.5 (Sandeberg
3/ 1877).

Kara Sea (LecHE 1878); max. |. 13.9 (Kostin sharr, Fig. 7).

Spitzbergen: Horn Sound, 40—60 fms, clay, 6 sps, max. ]. 15.3 (Torell 1858),
Fig. 12. — Horn Sound Islands, 30—40 fms, stones, clay, 2 shs, 1. 13.5 (*°/2 1864).
Bel Sound, 5—12 fms, stones, alge, 3 shs, max. 1. 10.8 (Torell 1858); D:o, Recherche
Bay, close by Fox Glacier, 90 m, stones, 1 sp., 1. 11 (*/; 1898). — Ice Fiord, 15—70
fms, stones, 1 sp.+1 sh., max. 1. 16 (sh.), Fig. 10; (1861); D:o, Sassen Bay, 20 fms,
clay, 1 sh., 1. 17.4 (1861). — "/: min. 8. of Prince Charles Foreland, 78° 4 N. 11°

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1, 33

37 E., 240 m, bott. temp. + 3.15°, small stones with fine, soft, blackish gray clay, 3
sps + 2 shs, max. 1. (sh.) 13.7 (°*/s 1898). — Kings Bay, 25—160 fms, clay with sand,

many shs, max. l. 15.6; D:o, 200 fms, fine clay, 2 shs, smaller. — Cross Bay, 30—
200 fms, clay, many shs, max. |. 14.4 (1861). — English Bay, 40--60 fms, clay,
stones, many shs, max. |. 14.8 (1861). — Seven Ice Mountains, 30 fms, stones, 2

shs, max. l. 6.7 (Loven). — 79° 47° N. 11° 15° E., 100 fms, many sps, max. 1. sh. 16;
l. sp. 12 (1%; 1872). — Danes Gat, 7—10 fms, stones with alge, 3 shs, max. 1. 16.5
(1868). — 79° 58' N., 9° 30° E., 19—20 min. NW. off Danes Island, 435 m, bott.
temp. +1.5°, gray clay, stones, many sps, max. l. 11.1 (°/s 1898). — Smeerenburg
Bay, 70—26 fms, stones, clay, 1sh.,1. 13.5 (*'/s 1868); D:o, 90—110 fms, 13 shs, max.
l. 16.2 (1868). — Red Bay, 30—40 fms, fine clay, many shs, max. |. 14 (1861). —
Liefde Bay, 20--30 fms, stones, clay, 6 shs, max. |. 14.7 (*/s 1868). — Off Grey Hook,
81 fms, clay, 5 shs, max. 1. 10.8 (* 1873). — Wijde Bay, 30—40 fms, fine clay, 3
shs, max. 1. 13 (1861). — 79° 50' N., 15° 45’ E., 100 fms, stones, clay, 2 shs, max.
1. 12.2 (1°/: 1873). — Mossel Bay, 9—28 fms, stones, clay, Lithothamnium, 6 shs, max.
l. 15.8 (1873), Fig. 11. — E. off Vertegen Hook, 40—50 fms, 3 shs, max. 1. 6.3 (°%/7
1861); D:0, 100 fms, 2 shs, max. 1. 10.3 (°/; 1873), Fig. 9. — Treurenburg Bay, 5—20
fms, many shs, max. |. 14.5; D:o, 20—30 fms, 3 shs, smaller; D:o, 45 fms, clay,
many shs, max. 1. 16.5; D:o, 30—60 fms, fine clay, 1 sh., 1. 15.3; D:o, 60 fms, clay
with stones 3 shs, max. 1. 15; D:o, 70 fms clay, stones, 3 shs, max. |. 12.6 (1861).
— Lomme Bay, 25—40 fms, clay with stones, 10 shs, max. |. 16,2 (”) 1868), Fig. 8.
— 80° 8' N., 15° 24 E., 16 fms, stones, 1 sh., 1. 15.8 (°/; 1873). — Hinlopen Strait,
10--30 fms, stones, clay, 1 sp.+shs, max. 1. 15.9. — Shoal Point, 30 fms, clay, 1
sh., 1. 12 (1861). — Off Hekla Cove, 10—14 fms, 1 sh., 1. 14 (°/; 1873). — Waygat
Islands, 60-70 fms, clay, many shs, max. 1. 15.3 (1861). — Between Waygat Islands
and Lovéns Mount, 100 fms, fine clay, I sh., 1. 13.8 (1861). — King Charles Land,
Bremer Sound, 100—110 m, bott. temp. — 1.45°, fine clay with big stones, Biloculina
sparse, many sps, max. ]. 18.2 (*/s 1898). — Mouth of Stor Fiord, 100—120 fms,
clay with stones, 4 shs, max. 1. 18.7 (°°/; 1868).

Iceland (OpHNER 1910); Hofsos, 1. 6.6. — Ofjord, 1. 5.9. — Reykiavik, ]. 5.6.
— Berufjord, 1. 9.4 (Fig. 6). — Arnanes, l. 16. — Iceland without definite locality,
max. 1. 9.7.

Greenland (PossELT & JENSEN 1899); some measurements of maximal length:
Julianehaab 7.6; Godthaab 11.5; Sukkertoppen 11; Egedesminde 12.7; Christianshaab
11.5; Claushavn 11.2; Godhavn 16.8 (Fig. 13); Ritenbenk 13.4; Umanak 11.3; Pröven
18.5 (Fig. 17); Upernivik 13; Arsukfjord 16.3 (Fig. 16); Kekertak 16.6 (Figs. 14—15);
Off the SE. coast 18. — East Greenland (Hace 1905), max. 1. 14.1.

Newfoundland Bank, 45° 53' N., 51° 56' W., 50 fms, stones, shells, many sps,
max. 1. 8.1 (Ing. & Glad. Exp. '%/s 1871).

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. Band 48. N:o 1.

34 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Limits of formal variation:

— —————— —— SSS mm nn mn m nn

West coast of 1. 5—6 7—8 9—10 | 12—13 13—14 15—16 | Max. 15.6 (Christianiafjord)
Scandinavia; br. | 3.7—4.5 4,9—6.1 6.4—8 8s—10.3 9.5—11.1 11.4—12.3 PAL
40 sps h. | l.9—23 | 2.2—3.2 | 3-42 35-5 3.85.9 4.4—6.6 4.7
measured apex | 1.9—2.3 | 2.1—3.2 | 2,8—4 4—5 4.3—5.3 | 5-6 | 5.8 x
IB 5—6 1—8 9—10 12—13 13—14 Max. 14 (Kjosen)
Finmark and br. | 3.7—4.5 | 49—6.1 | 6.5—8 8.7—10.5| 9.4—11.2 10.8
Kara Sea; h. 2—3 2.5—3.6 | 3.4—4.7 | 4.2—5.8 | 4.3—5.8 4.4
35 sps | | | |
measured apex | 1.7—2.4 | 2.5—3.5 | 3.3—4,2 4.5 | 4.7—5.4 ee I,
1 | 6—7 7—8 9—10 12—13 13—14 16—17 18—19 | Max. 18.7 (Stor Fiord)
Spitzbergen; br. 4.4—5 5-6 | 6.3—7.8 | 85—10 | 9.3—11 |11.7—13.2|13,2—142 14.1
60 sps h. | 2.3—3 2.5—3.5 | 3.3—4.3 4.3—5.9 | 4.5—7 6.2—8.1 | 8.3 8.3
measured apex | 1.6—2.6 | 2—3 2.9—3.9 | 3.4—5.3 | 3.6—5.8 | 5.5—7.1 | 8 ea |
1 | 5—6 7—8 9—10 Max. 9.7 (»Iceland»), 16 (Arnanes),
Iceland; br. | 3.7—4.8 5—6.2 | 6.9—7.8 7.8 shallow water 12.5 fish stomachs
25 sps h. | 1.8—2.8 | 2.9-3.7 | 36—4.6 4.7 6.5
measured apex | 1.7—2.4 | 21—3 |2.8 —3.6(4) Er. 38 ae | 6 u Fr ma
IE 5—6 7—8 9—10 12—13 13—14 16—17 18—19 Max. 18.5 (Pröven)
Greenland ; br. | 3.6—4.7 5—6.3 6.6—8 8—9.7 | 9.5—11 |11.8—13.3/13.4—13.6 13.4
50 sps h. .7—2.5 | 2.6—3.5 | 2.9-—4.2 | 3,7—5.7 | 3.7-—6 5.6—7.3 8—8.2 8
measured apex | 1.8—23 | 2.3—3.1 | 2.5—3.9 375 4—5.5 5—7 7 7

Variation of radula: I have found no essential difference in the radula of spec-
imens from Spitzbergen with an elevated shell and more depressed ones from Bo-
huslän; but in the former the radula is of a stronger construction.

General Distribution:

Norway: Vadsö southwards, 10—100 fms (l. 14, G. O. Sars 1878; Frieie 1874;
Schneider 1881, 1885, 1891, 1894, Aurivillius 1886, Bidenkap 1897, Norman 1902,
Nordgaard 1907). — Christianiafjord, 40—100 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854, Jeffreys 1870).
— Väderöarna, 30—70 fms (Malm 1855); Göteborg Skargard (Malm 1858); Kullen
(Lilljeborg 1855), — Kattegatt—Hven, 15—30 fms (l. 12, Mörch 1871; Petersen 1888).
— Öresund, 18—36 m (l. 11; Lönnberg 1898). — Iceland (Mörch 1869*, Verkrüzen
1872). — Faroes (Mörch 1868). — NE. off Shetland, 204 m (Simpson 1910). — Shet-
land, 80—90 fms (Jeffreys 1865). — North Atlantic 56° 1'N., 34° 42' W., 690 fms
(Jeffreys 1877). — Jan Mayen, 263 fms (Friele 1878). — Murman coast, White Sea,
Nova Zembla, Kara Sea (Herzenstein 1893). — Barent Sea, 128—145 fms (D’Urban
1880), 80—240 m (Knipowitsch 1901*). — Spitzbergen (to 133 m, Knipowitsch 1901”;
1902; 12—95 fms, l. 16, Krause 1892; 20-125 fms, Friele 1879; Mörch 1869°). —
Franz-Josef Land, 75 fms (Melvill & Standen 1900). — E. Greenland, 80—250 m,
l. 14.3 (Hage 1905). — W. Greenland, 15—410 fms (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Jones
Sound and North Devon, 6—60 m, I. 16 (Grieg 1909). — Parry Islands, 12—15 fms

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. x:o 1, 35

(Sutherland 1852, Reeve 1855). — Grinnel Land (Smith 1877). — E. Canada, 20—50
fms (Whiteaves 1901). — New England, rare (Gould & Binney 1870). — Culebra
Island, West Indies, 390 fms (Watson 1886). — Azores 1,287 m (Dautzenberg 1889).
— Japan, 48 fms (Jeffreys 1876). — Amur (l. 8.5, Schrenk 1867). Depths 5 fms —
1,287 m. Clay, sand, stones.

Cryptobranchia alba Dati 1869.
Pl. 2 fig. 1.

Habitat:

Behring Sea, to 6 fms. 1. 20 (AURIvILLIUS 1887): Konyam Bay (Fig. 1) and
St. Lawrence Island.

General Distribution:

Aleutian Islands; East Siberia; Behring Sea (Dall 1869, 1875; Krause 1885;
Crosse 1877; Aurivillius 1887).

Pilidium fulvum (MüLLer 1776).

Pl. 2 figs. 18—23.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Kattegatt, NW. of Nidingen, 50 m, rocks and clay,
I sp-, 1. 6; br. 4; h. 2 (°°/s 1911); SW. of Nidingen, 40 m, clay, 1 sh, 1.7.5; br. 5.4;
h. 2.2 (7/5 1911). — Bohuslän, Gullmarn (Lovén), many sps, max. |. 7.7 (Figs. 18, 19,
22); Skär and other localities (Tu&erL 1907). — Väderöarna, to 100 fms, many sps,
max. |. 9.5 (Figs. 18, 19, 22); D:o, Lophohelia Reef, 1 sp., 1. 6 ('?,s 1889): D:o, Stora
Väderö, 1 sh., 1. 8 (Olsson 1869). — Kostersten, Kosterfjorden, 2 sps, max. |. 6.6
(*/s 1889); Kosterrännan, 12 fms, clay, 2 shs, max. |. 6.4 (Gunhild Exp. '” 1877).

— Svinesund, 30—70 fms, mud with stones, 1 sh., 1. 5.6 (Lindahl). — Bohuslän,
without definite locality, many shs, max. 1. 8.8 (B. Fries 1838).
Norway: Christianiafjorden, 2 shs, max. |. 9.3 (Asbjörnsen). — Hitterö, 20—30

fms, shells, 1 sh., 1. 5.3 (Oberg 1869). —- Utnefjord, Hardanger, 100 fms, sand, stones,
many shs, max. 1. 7.8 (Bovallius 1880), Fig. 21; D:o, 30—40 fms (Aurivillius) 1 sh.,
l. 7 (Mus. U.). — Bodybet, varying depths, sand, clay, 1 sh., 1. 5.5 (v. Yhlen).

Storeggen, shingles, 1 sh., 1. 9.4 (v. Yhlen). — Kristiansund (Lilljeborg) many sps,
max. l. 8 (Mus. U.); Molde (Lilljeborg) 1 sh., 1. 6.7 (Mus. U.). — Finmark, Tranö,
1 sh., 1. 4.7 (Goes & Malmgren 1861); D:o, Grötsund, 70 fms, clay (G. & M.) 1 sh.,
l. 5.5; br, 4.1; h. 1.7; apex 0.8, orange-coloured, coarsely sculptured (Fig. 20), and

36 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

80—-100 fms, 3 shs, max. 1. 5.5; br. 4; h. 2.8; apex 0.7, grayish white, coarsely sculp-
tured; var. albula (Fig. 23). — Norway, without definite locality, many shs, max. 1.
9.3 (Düben).

Limits of formal variation:

ana 1. 3—4 | 4-5 5—6 6—7 | 7—8 s—9 | 9—10 | max. 9.5 (Väderöarna) 9.8 Christia-
‚50 sps br. |(1.9)—2.9 | 2.4—3.9 | 3.1—4.7 daha | G64 | 5.7—7.4 | 6.6—(8.2) 7 7.5 niafjord
a h. (0.9)—1.8 | 1.3—2.4 | 1.5—2.4 | 1.7—2.7 | 19-3 | 2.4—3.3 | 2.4—(3.3) Post 2.3 |
| apex |((0.7)—1 | 0.6—1.2 | 0.7—1.4 | 0.8—1.7 | 1.8—2 1.5—2.4 | 1.9—(2.7)) 2.1 2 |

Numerals in a parenthesis are calculated.

Structural variation: radiating riblets are always present, though more or less
conspicuous, especially prominent in specimens from Grötsund, Norway. — Colour
variation: from light yellowish to reddish or brownish; specimens from Grotsund differ
from the typ by their uniform white colour (var. albula Jeffreys, Fig. 23). — Speci-
mens of unusual breadth are named by Jeffreys as var. expansa (Figs. 18, 19).

General Distribution:

Norway: Vadsö, southwards, 10—180 fms (Aurivillius 1888; 1. 9, G. O. Sars
1878; Norman 1902; Krause 1887); Varangerfjord, 20—124 m (De Guerne 1886);
western coast (Friele 1874; Metzger 1875, 0—35 fms; Nordgaard 1907). — Christiania-
fjord, 10--140 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870). — Bohuslän, 20—70 fms
(Malm 1855); Goteborg Skargard, 23 fms (Malm 1858); Kullen (Lilljeborg 1855). —
Hellebek, Denmark, 16 fms (Mörch 1871); Kattegatt (Petersen 1888). — North Sea
and Fair Isle Bank, to 286 m (Simpson 1910+var. albula and expansa). — N. of
Hebrides, 170--189 fms (Jeffreys 1869); Western coasts of British Isles, 10—100 fms
(Jeffreys 1865). — France, very rare (Locard 1892, 1899). — Azores, 1,000 fms
(Watson 1886). Depths to 1,000 fms. Rocks, sand, clay.

Scissurella crispata Fremine 1832

(incl. var. angulata Lovin and var. aspera PHıLıppi).
Pl. 2 figs. 26—27,

Habitat:

Bohuslän: Väderöarna, 60 fms, corals (Lovén) 2 shs, max. h. 1.8; aperture 1.3;
br. 2.5; wh. 3°; Svinesund, 30—70 fms, mud with stones (Lindahl) 1 sh., h. 3.5;
aperture 2.4; br. 4.2, wh. 47/2; var. angulata. — Norway; Dröbak, 60 fms, clay, sev-
eral shs (Lovén 1850), max. h. 4.2; aperture 2.7; br. 5; wh. 4°/s (Fig. 27); Grip
(Lilljeborg) 1 fragm.; var. angulata; Bergen, 70 fms, sand (Lilljeborg) type and var.
aspera; D:o, (M. Sars) 2 shs, h. 2.3; aperture 1.3; br. 2.7; wh. 4; Fig. 25, var. aspera;
Finmark (Lovén) 2 shs, max. h. 1.s; aperture 1.3; br. 2.4 var. angulata (original). —

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 37

Norway—Beeren Island, 73°3’N., 18°30'E., 410 m, gray clay; bottom temp. + 2° (‘5
1898) 2 shs, max. br. 2.8, Fig. 26, var. angulata. — Spitzbergen (var. angulata):
King Charles Land, Bremer Sound, 100—110 m, fine clay mixed with big stones,
bottom temp. — 1.45°, Biloculina sparse (*/s 1898) 4 sps, max. br. 1.s; Charles XII
Island, 80° 45’ N., 25° 20' E., 60—70 m, rocks with Coralline (°°/s 1898) 2 sps, br. 1.2.
— East Greenland: Franz-Josef Fiord, E. off Cape Weber, 72° 32'N., 24°35’ W., 100
—110 m, mud with stones and gravel (°°/s 1899).

General Distribution:

Norway: Lofoten—Vads6—-Bergen, 40—300 fms (l. 4.8; br. 4.5, G. O. Sars 1878;
Friele 1874; Schneider 1885); S. Varanger (Norman 1902) ; Bergen, type, and Finmark,
var. angulata (Lovén 1846); Korsfjord, 135- 217 fms (Metzger 1875), Christianiafjord
4—120 fms (Jeffreys 1870). — Kosterfjord, 100 fms (Malm 1874). — Murman coast
(Herzenstein 1893). — Spitzbergen (Mörch 1869°). — Between Hebrides and Faroe
Isles, 170—189 fms; W. and S. off Ireland, 164—725 fms (+ var. aspera); Shetland,
66 fms (var. aspera and angulata; Jeffreys 1883). — British Islands, N. and W.
coasts (Jeffreys 1865). — France, 60—2,020 m (Locard 1899). — Gulf of Gascogne,
322—1,094 m; Mediterranean, 160—597 m; Off Cape Finisterre, 2,018 m (Locard
1898). — Off Portugal, 220—994 fms (Jeffreys 1883; Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean
(Carus 1889). — Off Morocco (Jeffreys 1883). — Azores 1,022—1,919 m (Locard
1898). — E. Canada 4—790 fms (Whiteaves 1901). — New England, 238—365 fms
(Verrill 1883, 1885). — Culebra Island, West Indies, 390 fms; between Marion and Prince
Edward Island, 140 fms (Watson 1886). Depths 4 fms—2,020 m. Clay, stones.

Glyphis greca (Linnfé 1758).

Distribution: Faroe Islands (Jeffreys 1869, Mörch 1869”) 1,006 m (Lighting © Porcupine); S. and. W.
coast of England and Scotland to Shetland; Ireland (Jeffreys 1865). — France (Locard 1892). — Mediterranean
to Aegean (Carus 1889). — Cape St. Vincent, 106 m; Madeira (Locard 1898). — Canaries (Jeffreys 1865).

Puncturella noachina (Linnté 1771).
Pl. 2 figs. 28—41.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Kattegatt, SW. of Nidingen, 40 m, clay, 1 sh., 1. 9;
br. 6.2; h. 5.3 (79/5 1911). — Gullmarn, Skär, several shs, max. |]. 15; br. 11.2; h. 7.5,
Fig. 28; and sps, max. |. 13.5; br. 9.8, h. 6.5, Fig. 29; Saltkallefjorden (Aurivillius
1894), 20—35 fms, 3 sps +1 sh., max. 1. 11; br. 8.3; h. 6.4. — Väderöarna, 60 fms,
corals, several sps, max. |. 12.8; br. 9.9; h. 6.5, Fig. 30. — Koster, 95 fms, clay,
many shs; D:o, Kosterrännan, 12-25 fms, clay (Aurivillius '% 1895), many sps,

38 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

max. 1. 7.6; br. 5.8; h. 4.1; 1 mile W. of Koster, 20 fms, rocks (Ljungman '*/; 1865),
1 sp., 1. 7.6; Sneholmen, Kosterfjorden, 60—120 fms (Aurivillius 1895), 2 sps, max. ].
6.5. — Ramsö, 130 fms, clay (*/s 1889) 1 sp., 1. 7.5. — Svinesund, 30—70 fms, mud
with stones (Lindahl) a few sps, max. |. 8.5; br. 6.2; h. 4.5.

Norway: Dröbak, 60 fms, clay, several sps, max. |. 17. — Christianiafjorden
(Asbjörnsen) 4 sps, max. 1. 13.8; br. 10; h. 6. — Hitterö, 20—30 fms, shells (Oberg
1869) many sps, max. |. 10.2. — Christiansand, 50 fms (Lindahl) 1 sh., 1. 9. — Far-

sund, 2 shs, 1. 10.2; br. 7.4; h. 6.1; 1 10.1; br. 7.5; h. 4.5 (Mus. U.). — Sörfjorden,
Hardanger, 45 fms, stones (Bovallius ' 1880) 1 sp. — Utnefjord (Bovallius) 1 sp.
l. 6. — Färnefjord, 100 fms, stones (v. Yhlen) 1 sp., 1. 8.6. — Storeggen, 120 fms,
stones (v. Yhlen) 3 sps, max. |. 6.2; br. 4.5; h. 3.8. — Giskö, 40 fms, sand (v. Yhlen),
1 sp., 1. 6. — Bergen, many shs, max. |. 10.5, Fig. 31. — N. W. of Bergen, 90—150
fms, 1 sp., 1. 9.7, Fig. 38. — Grip and Christiansund (Lilljeborg) several sps, max. 1.
9.2 (Mus. U.). — Finmark: Karlsö and Karlsösund, 15 fms, stones, corals (Malmgren
1861) 3 shs, max. |. 6.6; D:o, N. of Tromsö, 50 fms (1861) 3 shs, max. 1. 5.7; br. 4;
h. 4; D:o, Ulfsfjord, 25—50 fms (7’/10 1861) 2 shs, max. 1. 8.2; D:o Grötsund, 80—
100 fms, clay, many shs, max. |. 9.2; br. 6.5; h. 6.5, Fig. 39; D:o, Kjosen, 25—40
fms, clay, many shs, max. 1. 7.5; br. 5.8; h. 4.8; D:o, Ramsfjord, 9—13 fms, 1 sh.,
l. 5—6; D:o, Peisen (Nylander & Gadd) 1 sh. — Varangerfjord (N. & G.) 1 sh., 1. 4.7.
— Finmark (Sparre Schneider) 6 sps, max. ]. 7.6, Fig. 33.

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula: Schalin Island, 3—5'/s fms, mud (Herzenstein
1887), 1 sh., Il. 5.4; br. 3.7; h. 3.7. — Waideguba (Sandeberg °/s 1877) 1 sh., 1. 5.2.

Kara Sea (LECHE 1878) Measurements: Kostin sharr, max. 1.5.3; br. 3.5; h. 4. —
Matotschkin sharr, max. 1. 9.4; br. 6.5; h. 6.2. — Gostinoj, max. 1. 10; br. 7.5; h. 6.7.

Spitzbergen: without definite locality (Torell), 2 sps, max. L 11; br. 8.7;
d. 8, Fig. 37. — Horn Sound, 40—60 fms, clay, stones (1861) many sps, max. l. 8;
br. 6; h. 5.1. — Bel Sound, 12—70 fms, stones, many sps, max. l. 9.4; br. 6.9; h.
6.8, Fig. 34. — Ice Fiord, 15—70 fms (1861), 2 shs, max. l. 9,5; D:o, Green Bay,
40—45 fms, clay (''/; 1868) 2 sps, max. l. 10.3. — Seven Ice Mountains, 30 fms,
stones (Torell) 2 shs, |. 8; br. 6.1; h. 5.1. — Cross Bay, 30—60 fms, stones, clay
(1861) 1 sp., 1. 8.5. — Kings Bay, 1 sh., 1. 7.2. — Amsterdam Island, 25 fms, sand
(1861) 1 sp., 1. 7.4. — Hackluyts Headland, 18—20 fms (1861), 1 sp., 1. 6.5. — Red
Bay, 30—40 fms, clay, 6 sps, max. |. 8.3. — Treurenburg Bay, 12—20 fms, clay,
mixed with sand ('"/. 1861) 3 sps, max. 1. 7.6; br. 5.2; h. 4.6. — Mossel Bay, 9—15
fms, sand, Lithothamnion, 6 sps+2 shs, max. 1. 7.2. — Liefde Bay, 20—30 fms,
clay with stones (*s 1868), 2 shs, 1. 5.2. — Norwegian Islands, 15—25 fms, stones
("x 1872), 3 shs, max. ]. 8. — Cloven Cliff, 20—30 fms, stones (1861) 2 sps, max. |.
8; br. 6; h. 6.3, Fig. 35. — Off Vertegen Hook, 100 fms (*/; 1873), 1 sp., 1. 7.7; E.
of the same locality, 40—50 fms, stones (1861), 2 sps, max. 1. 8.6. — Lomme Bay, 25—
40 fms, clay, stones (’°/» 1868), 2 shs, max. |. 6.6. — Brandywine Bay, 10—15 fms,
clay, stones (°» 1868) many sps, max. |. 6.5; br. 4.6; h. 4.4. — Parry’s Island, 25—
30 fms, stones, gravel (%» 1868), 2 sps, max. l. 8.2; br. 5.3; h. 4.8. — 80° 1 gNe;
16°.10' E., 115 fms, clay, stones (‘/; 1873),.3 sps, max. lL, 10:3; bro.714; bind.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 39

80° N., 13° 30' E., 20 fms (‘/s 1861), 2 sps, max. 1. 4.9. — Lovéns Mount, 36 fms,
clay, stones (!'/ 1868), 3 shs, max. 1. 7.5. — Waygat Islands, 60—70 fms, clay (*'s
1861) 4 sps, max. |. 9.4. — Hinlopen Strait, 10--25 fms, stones, clay (1861), 1 sp.,
iv 7.5. — Thuym Point, 36 ims, rocks (/r.1873), 1 sp., |. 4... — 72° 10° N., 20° 37'
E., 200—230 fms, clay (*'/; 1868), 2 shs, max. 1. 7.6. — 71° 5 N. 20°, E., 125 fms,
gravel mixed with clay (°°/; 1868), 2 shs, max. l. 6.4.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910); maximal measurements: Berufjord, 1. 6.7; br. 4.8; h. 4,
Fig. 32. — Thistilfjord, 1. 7.3; br. 5.5; h. 4.5.

East Greenland (HAca 1905), 300 m, |. 11 (Mus. U.).

West Greenland (PosseLT & JENSEN 1898); maximal measurements: Proven, |.
8.4; br. 6.3; h. 5.2, Fig. 41. — Sukkertoppen, 1. 8.4; br. 6.3; h. 5.2. — Godthaab, 1.
8; br. 5.5; h. 5. — Omenak, |. 9; br. 6.5; h. 5, Fig. 40. — Ikamiut, |. 9; br. 6.4;
45.24. Hig.. 36.

Bank of Newfoundland, 45° 53’ N., 51° 56’ W., 50 fms, shingles, shells (Ing. &
Glad. Exp. 1871), 2 sps, max. 1. 7; br. 5; h. 4.8.

Limits of formal variation:

I

4—5 |

| Scandinavia, 1. 6—-7 13—14 | max. 15 (Skär)

| s—9 | 5

| S. and W. coast; br. | 2.5—3.9 | 4.25.3 | 4.7—6 | 5.36.8 | 7—8.5 | 9.1—-10.7 11.2
| 60 shs wien lids Hag | 36 same au 025 1:5

measured ‘apex? | ols-ız |n5—83 | 2-35 [28-301] 2-59 | be—7 | 7
| 1 4—5 | . 67 | 8—9 | max. 9.2 (Grétsund)
| Finmark; br. 2.5—3.8 | 4—5.7 | 5.7—6.3 6.3
| 50 shs h. | 23—3.4 | 32-5 |5.2-6.6 6.5
| measured apex | 0.514 | Li—24 | 2-32] 32
| 1 4—5 6—7 bt) | 10—11 | max. 11 (Spitzbergen without loc.)
| Spitzbergen; br. | 2.6—4 4.3—5.3 | 5.2—-7 | 6.8—8.7 37

45 shs h. 22-85 33-46 | 4.7—6.9 66-8 | 8
feameasured apex | OS—16 | 13-25 | 17-37 | 3-5 | 5

i sea 4—5 | 6-7 | max. 7.3 (Thistilfjord)

| Iceland; br.| 2-8 | 2.3-3.9 | 43—5,8 5.5
| 25 shs h. | 18-25 | 2—3.3 | 384.5 | 4.5
measured apex | 0.511 | O6—13 | 15-05 3
| l.| 4-5 6—7 8—9 | max. 9 (Omenak)
| West Greenland; br. 28-38 | 4—5.3 | 5.5—6.5 | 6.5

30 shs h.| 2-85 | 3.448 | 45-6 5
| measured apex | 0.7—1.2 1—2,2 | 1.7—3 2.8

The variation of this species on the coast of southern Scandinavia is consider-
ably different from that of Arctic districts. The height is comparatively speaking
lower than elsewhere; this fact is obvious from the curves on pag. 7. In younger
specimens this character is less strikingly developed than in older ones. A comparison
between the larger specimens of Spitzbergen and those of Scandinavia proves that

' Perpendicularly from posterior margin.

40 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

the growth proceeds in different ways: in Spitzbergen the proportions of the shell
are not subject to any great change, but in southern waters the height increases in
irregular proportion to the length and breadth; thus the large specimens here are
always more depressed, while in Arctic districts they are more elevated. Besides
this, the southern specimens attain a greater length than the Arctic ones, so that the
maximum size of the species is to be found in the boreal region. Specimens from
Finmark show a perfect agreement with the elevated arctic forms. The last-named
gives evidence of a striking uniformity of variation in the different districts.

General Distribution:

Norway: Finmark southwards, 10—250 fms (l. 9, G. O. Sars 1878; Friele
1874; Schneider 1881; 1885, 1. 9.5: 1895; Aurivillius 1886; Norman 1902; Nordgaard
1907; Lilljeborg 1851; Metzger 1875). — Christianiafjord, 10—60 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854;
Jeffreys 1870). — Väderöarna, 60—-120 fms (Malm 1855); Bohuslän to Finmark (Lovén
1846). — E. Kattegatt, 15—40 fms (Petersen 1888). Iceland (Mörch 1869*; Verkrüzen
1872). — Faroes (Mörch 1868). — N. of Hebrides, 570 fms (Jeffreys 1883"). — British
Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank, 30 fms (Hargreaves 1910). — North Sea,
coast of Holland—-Belgium (Maitland 1897). — France, 585 to 2020 m (Locard 1899;
Reynell 1909). — Cape Finisterre, 2018 m (Locard 1898). — Off Portugal, 292—1095
fms (Jeffreys 1882; Nobre 1905). — Jan Mayen, 263 fms (Friele 1878). — Murman
Coast, White Sea, Nova Zembla (Herzenstein 1893). — Murman Coast, 1. 10.4; h. 7.3
(Pfeffer 1890). — Kara Sea, 4—20 fms (l. 9.5, Leche 1878). — Spitzbergen, 146—410
fms (Friele 1879; Morch 1869; Knipowitsch 1901). — Franz-Josef Land, 53—93 fms
(Melvill & Standen 1900). — E. Greenland (Hagg 1905). — W. Greenland, 4—100 fms
(Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Jones Sound, 69 m, l. 7 (Grieg 1909). — Wellington
Channel (Reeve 1855; Cemoria cognata). -- E. Canada, 10—50 fms (Whiteaves 1901).
— New England to Cape Cod, |. 5 (Gould & Binney 1870); 16—640 fms (Verrill 1885).

Behring Sea (Krause 1885). — Ochotchian Sea and Japan (Jeffreys 1876). — Van-

couver, Puget Sound; Oregon, var. galeata (Carpenter 1857, 1864). — Marion and
Prince Edward Island, 60—-310 fms (var. princeps); Magellan Sound (var. galeata:
Watson 1886). — Patagonia (Strebel 1907). — Falkland Island, 4—30 fms (Strebel

1907, 1908). Depths to 1095 fms. Clay.

Fissurisepta granulosa JEFFREYS 1882.

Distribution: Norway: Dröbak, 50 fms (Jeffreys 1870) 3 shs. — Off Portugal, 292 fms (Jeffreys
1882; Nobre 1905).

Emarginula fissura (LINN& 1758).
(= E. reticulata SowEreyY 1813.)
Pl. 2 figs. 42—45.
Habitat:
West coast of Sweden: Kullen (LILLSEBORG 1852) 1 sh., 1. 10.2; br. 8; h. 5.2
(Mus. U.). — Bohuslän (Lovén) several shs, max. 1. 13; br. 10.4; h. 8.5; Skär, Gull-

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 41

marn (Lovén) several sps, max. 1. 13.8; br. 10.5; h. 9.6, Fig. 45. — Väderöarna, 60
fms, clay (Gunh. Exp. '*/ 1877) 4 shs, max. |. 8; D:o (A. Goös 1861) many sps,
max. l. 16; br. 12; h. 9; D:o, 40—50 fms, corals (Gunh. Exp. °°/ 1877) 2 sps, max.

l. 9.5. — Kosterfjorden, shells, alge (Malmgren) 2 sps, max. 1. 9; Koster, many shs,
max. |. 11.6; br. 10.2; h. 8; Sneholmen, Kosterfjorden, 60—120 fms (Aurivillius 1895)
1 sp., 1. 6. — Ramsö, 10—55 fms, sand mixed with clay (Eisen & Stuxberg '?/

1871) 7 shs, max. |. 11.2. — Svinesund, 30—70 fms, mud with stones (Lindahl) 3
shs, max: 1. 7.6.

Norway: Christianiafjorden (Asbjörnsen) 5 shs, max. 1. 13.7; br. 10; h. 8.5;
another specimen, var. incurva (with concave inferior margin) |. 6.s; br. 5.2; h. 5.5.
— Dröbak 60 fms, clay (Lovén) many sps, max. ]. 13.1 and 7.3; D:o, 5—6 fms (Lo-
ven) 1 sp. juv. — Christiansand, 50 fms, shells (Lindahl) 1 sp., 1. 8. — Hitterö, 20—
30 fms, shells (Oberg 1869), many sps, max. l. 10.6. — Rondö, 60 fms, clay (v.
Yhlen) 1 sp., 1. 10.4; br. 7.1; h. 6. — Farsund, many shs, max. 1. 15.2; br. 12; h.
8.5 (Mus. U.). — Utnefjord, Hardanger, 110 fms, sand (Bovallius 1880) 2 sps, max. 1.
11.6. — Storeggen, 150 fms, Oculina (‘/> 1862) 1 sp., 1. 6 (Mus. G.) — Bergen, 3 shs,
(Lilljeborg) max. |. 7.5 (Mus. U.); D:o (M. Sars) many shs, max. |. 13.7, Fig. 44;
D:o, 100—160 fms (Johansson 1877) 1 sp., 1. 8.9. — Grip (Lilljeborg) 2 shs, max. 1.
8.2 (Mus. U.). — Finmark (Lovén) 2 shs, max. |. 8.2; br. 6; h. 4.5, Fig. 43; the
other sp., 1. 6.8; br. 4.9; h. 4.4, Fig. 32. — Grötsund (1861) 1 sh., 1. 8; br. 6.3; h. 3.8.

? Spitzbergen: Bel Sound, 35—40 fms, stones with Zoophytes (Torell) 1 sh.,
l. 9.6; br. 7.3; h. 5.8. Locality probably mistaken.

Limits of formal variation (Scandinavian coasts):

1 | u
—7 8—9 10—11 12—13 | max. 16 (Väderöarna)

|) as 6
| 55 sps br. | 28—4 4-55 | 5.7—7 | 7-87 | 82-105] 12
| measured h. | 2.3—3.8 | 3.2—5.7 | 37—6.2 | 4.6—6.9 | 5.4—8.4 | 9
| apex !| 0.5—1.3 | 0-21 | OiG—= 37 (83245 | Beh 5.2 |

This species varies greatly in form, from a depressed (var. subdepressa Jeffreys
1865) to a much elevated (var. elata Jeffreys 1865) shape. The position of the apex
is usually dependent upon height, so that in higher specimens it is very near to and
sometimes almost vertically bent over the posterior margin (var. incurva Jeffreys 1865).

General Distribution:

Norway: Hammerfest, southwards, to 100 fms (I. 14, G. O. Sars 1878; Krause
1887; Friele 1874; Metzger 1875; Lilljeborg 1851; Nordgaard 1907). — Christiania-
fjord, 20--60 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870, incl. var. incurva). —- Bohuslän,
to 80 fms (Malm 1855; Loven 1846); Göteborg Skärgärd (Malm 1858); Kullen (Lillje-
borg 1852). — Kattegatt, Aalback, 40 fms, dead shs (Mörch 1871); Hellebak, 14 fms, 1 sp.

! Perpendicularly from posterior margin.

K. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48. N:o 1. 6

42 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

(Petersen 1888). — Faroes (Morch 1868). — N. of Scotland, W. of Faroe Isles,
251—539 fms (Jeffreys 1882). — British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank
(Hargreaves 1910). — W. of Ireland, 90—808 fms (Jeffreys 1882). — North Sea coast
of Holland—Belgium (Maitland 1897). — France, to 2020 m (Locard 1899; Reynell
1909). — Spain, Vigo Bay; 8. of Portugal. var. elata (Jeffreys 1882). — Portugal
(Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean (Carus 1889). — Canaries? (Mc Andrew 1852). Depths
20 fms to 2020 m. Sand, clay, shells, alge.

Emarginula crassa Sowersy 1813.
Pl. 2 figs. 46—50; PL 3 figs, 1—2.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Kattegatt, S. W. of Nidingen, 40 m, clay, 1 sh., 1. 24.5;
br. 18; h. 10 (°° 1911). — Bohuslän: Gullmarn, 50—70 fms, clay (Lindahl) 1 sh.,
l. 12; D:o, many localities, Figs. 46—48, 1—2; Flatholmen and Humlesäcken (1909)
a few sps; N. point of Flatholmen (?’/ 1908) 1 sp., 1. 35; br. 27; h. 17; Skarberget,
60—70 fms, clay (Theel 1887) 1 sp., 1. 20; D:o, 60 fms (Loven 1852) several sps,
max. |. 36.5; br. 27; h. 17. — Väderöarna, 60 fms, corals, many shs, max. |. 29.5;
br. 22.5: h. 12 and |. 29.5; br. 22; h. 14; 2 sps, 1. 14; br. 10.6; h. 7. Koster,
Styrsö (7°/s 1886) many sps, max. |. 29; br. 22.5; h. 15.5; Sydkoster, 5—20 fms (Eisen
& Stuxberg 1871) 2 shs, 1. 18; 1 mile W. of Koster, 20 fms, rocks (Ljungman *°/1
1865) 1 sp., l. 25; E. of Stora Sneholmen, Kosterfjorden, 50—150 m, rocks, mud
(I. Arwidsson **/s 1901); D:o, 60—120 fms (Aurivillius 1895) many sps, max. L 37;
bre 2oe bel 7:

Norway: Christianiafjorden (Asbjörnsen) 2 shs, max. 1. 19; br. 13.5; h.-5.6. —
Dröbakegrund, 5—8 fms, corals, many shs, max. 1. 17. — Hardanger (Juel 1878) 1
sp., 1. 11. — Bergen (Düben & Koren) 1 sh., 1. 23.5, Fig. 50. — Grötsund, Finmark,
100 :ims (1861) 2 shs, max. J. 18.1; br. 13.6; h. 8.2, Fig. 48; and 1. 167; br. 12h.
7.5, Fig. 49.

? Spitzbergen: Norwegian Islands, 18—25 fms, hard bottom (Sp. Exp. '”/s 1872)
1 sh. (of a fresh appearance) |, 14.8; br. 11; h. 6. Locality probable confused.

Limits of formal variation:

|

50 sps Il 18—20 22—24 | 26—28 | 30—32 34—36 | max. 37 (Kosterfjorden)

| | |
measured br. |12.5—15,7| 16—19 | 19-23 |21.5—25.5|24.5—28 | 29
h. 5.5—10 7—12.5| 9.5—14.5| 11—18.4}11.5—20 17
apex! 3—6.8 | 4.5—8 5—10.2) 6.5—14 | 11—16 13

Two extreme formal varieties of Emarginula crassa are common, one depressed
and one elevated form, connected by intermediate stages (cfr Pl. 2 and 3).

! Perpendicularly from posterior margin.

. KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 43

General Distribution:

Norway: Lofoten southwards, 10--300 fms (l. 30, G. O. Sars 1878; Friele 1874).
— Christianiafjord, rare, 10—100 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870). — Bohuslän
to Bergen (Loven 1846); Bohuslän, 15—30 fms (Malm 1855). — British Islands
(Jeffreys 1865). — W. off Ireland, and St. 89 (Norway ?, Porcupine Exp. 1869,
Jeffreys 1882). — France, 400-500 m (l. 32; Locard 1899). Depths 5—300 fms.
Rocks, clay, corals.

Propilidium ancyloide (Forpus 1840).

Pl. 2 fig. 24.
Habitat:
Bohuslin: Gullmarn, 2 shs, max. l. 4.3; br. 3; h. 2 (Malm); D:o, 2 shs, max.
l. 3.1; br. 2.2; h. 1.3 (Lovén). — Väderöarna, 1 sh., 1. 4.5, br. 3.2; apex’ 2 (Loven),

Fig. 24.
Norway: Bergen (Lilljeborg) 1 sh., 1. 3.7; br. 2.6; h. 1.6 (Mus. U.).

General Distribution:

Norway, Lofoten 300 fms, 1 sh., 1. 3; west coast, shs (G. O. Sars 1878). —
Christianiafjord, 40—60 fms, dead shell (Jeffreys 1870). — Bohuslän: N. Flatholms-
rännan, 12 fms, not rare (Malm 1863). — Wyville Thomson ridge, 189 fms; S. and
W. off Ireland. 90—1360 m (Jeffreys 1882). — N. Atlantic 56° 11’ N., 37° 41’ W.,
1450 fms (Jeffreys 1877). — S. of Cape Mondego, Portugal, 740—1095 fms (Jeffreys
1882; Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean (Carus 1889); off Marseille, 600 m (Locard 1899).
— Canaries, 1 dead sh., 1975 m (Locard 1898). Depths 12—1450 fms. Clay, shells.

Gibbula cineraria (Lınnk 1758).
Rios ngs, 47.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Kullen (LILLIEBORG 1852”), 9 shs and sps, the largest
dead; max. h. 15; d. 13.7 (Mus. U.). — Skane, Hittarp, E. N. E. of Hittarp Reef
(Lönnberg °°/s 1896) 1 sh., h. 11.5; ap. 5; d. 12; Hallands Väderö to Höghalla udde,
8 fms alge (Lönnberg **/; 1902) 2 sps, max. h. 9.3; Off Sandhamn, N. E. side of
Hallands Väderö (Lönnberg */; 1902) 2 sps, h. 9.7; d. 11.3; wh. 6 '/.. — Kattegatt,
between Anholt and Lx»so (v. Yhlen 1872) 2 sps; max. h. 11 (Mus. G.); Kungsbacka-
fjorden 15—20 m (*% 1911) 1 sp., h. 11, d. 12.4; N. W of Nidingen, 50 m, rocks
and clay (7% 1911) 1 sp., h. 10; d. 10.2; Lilla Middelgrund, 10 fms, sand, stones

' Perpendicularly from posterior margin.

44 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Gunhild Exp. '/; 1878) 4 sps, max. h. 8.1; ap. 4; d. 9.3; whorls 6. — Göteborg
Skärgärd: Svartskär—Vinga, 26 m (Lagerberg °'/ 1906) 1 sp.; D:o, Tistlarne, 26 m,
and Buskär, 26-53 m (Mus. G.). — Bohuslan, numerous shs (1838) max. h. 13;
ap. 7; d. 15.2; whorls 6+ (Figs. 5 and 7); Marstrand, N. Nordholmen— Längdals-
udden, 20—38 m (Lagerberg "; 1906) 1 sp.; D:o, N. Astol—Dyrén, 18—36 m
(Lagerberg **/; 1906) 2 sps; Gullmarn, off Längegap, 30 m, clay and dead
Zostera (°°/; 1907), 1 sp., overgrown by alge; h. 12; ap. 4.6; d. 11.2; Kristineberg,
many localities (Tu&eL 1907); Skatholmen, 5—6 m, stones, gravel, alge (°°/6 1903),
many sps, max. h. 9.7; ap. 4.2; d. 10; Delsboudd, 18—35 fms and Alsbäck, 70 fms
(Mus. G.). — Väderöarna, numerous sps, max. h. 12.8; ap. 5.6; d. 12.5; D:o, 60 fms,
corals, many shs, max. h. 13.7; ap. 6.4; d. 13.5; wh. 7; St. Väderö, 10—90 fms (Olsson
®6/, 1869), many sps. — Lindö (Olsson 1869) 1 sh. — Dyngö, 15 fms, clay, 1 sp.,
h. 10. — Ramsö, 10—25 fms, clay mixed with sand (Eisen & Stuxberg 1871) 1 sh.
— Sydkoster, 5—20 fms, rocks (EK. & 8.) many sps, max. h. 12.8; W. of Sydkoster,
2—6 fms (Ljungman '*/ 1865) many sps, max. h. 12; Nordkoster, inside the islands,
2—6 fms, clay, sand (L. *"/; 1865) many shs; Kosterfjorden, 18 fms, clay (L. 7/1
1865) many sps, max. h. 15.4; ap. 6.5; d. 14; wh. 7; D:o, 5—15 fms, rocks (L. 7°/s
1865) many shs. — Kilsund, Skagerrack, 40 fms, shells (Gunhild Exp. */; 1877) 1 sh.,
d. 9. — Strömstadsfjärden, 8—15 fms (Hanson °/s 1881) 1 sp.

Norway: Christianiafjorden (Asbjörnsen) many sps, max. h. 13; ap. 5.6; d. 12.8;
transition form to G. tumida: h. 11; ap. 5; d. 13. — Dröbak. 5—8 fms, corals, 7
sps, max. h. 10.8; ap. 5.1; d. 11.1; wh. 6. — Hitterö, 20—30 fms (Oberg 1869) a
few sps, max. h. 6.3; ap. 3.6; d. 9; wh. 5'/2. — Stavanger (v. Friesen) many shs,
max. h. 12; ap. 6; d. 13.2; wh. 6. — Flekkefjord, 15—20 fms (Oberg 1869) 3 sps.
— Haugesund, 32 fms (Bovallius) many sps, max. h. 12.5; d. 14.5; wh. 6. — Far-
sund, many sps, max. h. 8.7 (Mus. U.). — Gravenfjord, 150 fms, shells (Bovallius
1880) 1 sp., h. 5.5. — Bergen, many sps, max. h. 13.6; ap. 6.2; d. 15.1; wh. 6. */s,
Fig. 4. — Bodybet, 2 shs, max. d. 5.6. — Finmark: Ulfsfjord, 2 shs, max. h. 9;
d. 11; wh. 6 '/s. — Karlsösund, 15 fms, stones, corais (1861) 5 shs, max. h. 11.7;
d. 13.7; wh. 7, Fig. 4. — Tromso (Lilljeborg 1848) 7 sps, max. h. 15.2; d. 14.7 (Mus.
U.). — Finmark (Lovén) many shs, max. h. 19.4; ap. 8.8; d. 19, Fig. 6.

Shetland: Baltasound on stones at the shore (Hammarsten 1909) many sps,
max. h. 15; ap. 7.5; d. 17.4; wh. 6 '/s; shells unusually solid.

Limits of formal variation:

6-7 || en | eas |

max. 19.4(Finmark) |

| Scandinavia; Height of shell | 4-5 | 14—15 | 18—19
| 100 sps Height of aperture | 2 3—3.2 3—4.2 | 3.8—5.4 | 465.9 | 5—7 5.7—7.6 | 7.5—8.8 | 8.8
| measured Diameter of shell) 5.3 —7.5 4—10.2| 9.3—12 |10.6—13.6 11.3—15.2|13.2—17.6117.2—19 | 19

| |

The variation is considerable as well on the Swedish as on the Norwegian
coast; the breadth of variation is similar in both districts. Specimens from Fin-
mark, collected by Lovén, show the maximal dimensions; such are, however, usually
smaller than southern forms of the same number of whorls.

Whorls| 5 55% 6: | veces] ely, | sists

KUNGL. SV, VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 45

General Distribution:

Norway: Nordkap, southwards, to 60 fms (d. 12, G. O.Sars 1878; Friele 1874;
Schneider 1885, 1891; Aurivillius 1886; Lilljeborg 1851); Vardö (Schneider 1894; Nor-
man 1902). — Christianiafjord, 10—60 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870). —
Bohuslän, 3—20 fms (Malm 1855); Göteborg Skärgärd (Malm 1858); Hallands Väderö
11—15 m (Lönnberg 1903); Kullen (Lilljeborg 1852’; Loven 1846). — Denmark: W.
coast of Jutland (Christensen 1907); Kattegatt to Hven and St. Belt, 40 fms (Mörch
1871; Petersen 1888). — Oresund, to 8. of Hven, 16—20 m (h. 15; Lönnberg 1898). —
Iceland and Faroes (Jeffreys 1883). -— N. of Hebrides, 189 fms (Jeffreys 1869). —
British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — Dogger Bank (+ var. electissima; Hargreaves 1910).
— North Sea coast of Holland—-Belgium (Maitland 1897). —France to 180 m (Locard
1899). — Spain, Vigo Bay (Jeffreys 1883). — Portugal, very common (Nobre 1905).
— Mogador, Morocco (Jeffreys 1883). Depths to 189 fms. Rocks, stones, clay, alge.

Gibbula obliquata (GMELIN 1783).

(= Trochus umbilicatus Monracu 1803.)

Distribution: Denmark, Hirtshals, a dead sh. (Mörch 1871; Petersen 1888). — Faroe Islands (Mörch
1868). — Southern and western coasts of Great Britain and Scotland (Jeffreys 1865). — France, atlantic
coast (Locard 1892). — Spain, Mediterranean and Black Sea; Morocco (incl. var. lata: Jeffreys 1865).

Gibbula tumida (Monracu 1803).
Pl. 3 figs. 8—15.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Skane, Hittarp, 1 sh. (Lönnberg °°/s 1896); Knahak
perch, 28—34 m, 2 sps, h. 11 (Mus. L.); Landskrona—Helsingborg (Rahmn) 2 sps,
max. h. 7.7; ap. 46; d. 9.2; wh. 5 */:; Kullen (Lilljeborg) 9 shs and sps, the largest
dead (fossil?) max. h. 13; and h. 11; d. 12 (Mus. U.); Point af Kullen—Vinga Skar,
15 fms, clay (Lönnberg ° 1902), 1 sp., h. 8.2; ap. 4.7; d. 9.6; wh. 5'/.; Väderö
hghthouse—point of Höghalla, 15 fms, shells, gravel (Lönnberg '°/; 1902) 5 sps, max.
h. 13.5; ap. 6.5; d. 13.2; wh. 5—6, Fig. 15. — Kattegatt: Lilla Middelgrund, 10
fms, sand, stones (Gunhild Exp. *’/; 1878) 3 sps, max. h, 8.4; 8. W. of Nidingen,
40 m, clay, 1 sh., d. 4.5 (*®s 1911); Fjordskär, Kungsbackafjorden, 15—20 m, clay,
stones (?°/o 1911) 1 sp., h. 8.6; d. 9.1. — Göteborg Skärgärd: Innertistlarna
—Resö, 26 m (Lagerberg */s 1906) 1 sp.; Svartskär—Vinga, 26 m (L. °'/ 1906)
2 sps.; Skagerrack: Torrboskär— Skagen, 27 fms, clay mixed with sand (Gunhild
Exp. °j 1878), 1 sp., d. 6.2; Skagerrack, 22 fms, gravel (Lindahl) 2 shs, max. h. 8;
Skagen—Nidingarna, 35 fms, clay mixed with sand (Gunhild Exp. °/; 1878) 3 sps,
max. h. 8.7; d. 9.2; wh. 6. — Bohuslän, numerous sps (Lovén) max. h. 8.9; ap. 4.3; d.

46 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

9.4; wh. 6 (Fig. 8); Gullmarn (Lovén) many sps, different localities, max. h. 10.6;
ap. 5.6; d. 10.9; wh. 6; Stigfjorden (Aurivillius) many sps, max. h. 9.4; d. 9; wh.
5*/4, Fig. 9. — Sydkoster, 5—20 fms (Eisen & Stuxberg 1871) 5 sps, max. h. 8.1;
d. 9; wh. 6; W. of Nordkoster, 10—15 fms, clay (Ljungman ‘/s 1865), 4 sps, max.
h. 7.9; Dyngö (Goés) 2 sps.

Norway: Dröbak, 5—6 fms, stones, alge, 8 sps, max. h. 9.2; d. 9.5; wh. 6. —
Hitterö, 20—50 fms, shells (Oberg 1869), many sps, max. h. 11; ap. 5.3; d. 10.5;
wh. 6°.:. — Jederen, 100 fms, 1 sh., h. 14; d. 13.5. — Stavanger (v. Friesen), 3 shs
+1 sp., max. 9.6 (sh.); 8.6 (sp.). — Hardanger, 75 fms, sand (Bovallius) 1 sh. —
Utnefjord, 95 fms (Bovallius) 1 sp., h. 3.6. — Flekkefjord, 15—20 fms (Oberg 1869)
5 sps, max. h. 8.4, Fig. 13. — Samlenfjord, 220 fms, rocks, 1 sp. + 1 sh., max. (sp.)
h. 8.6; ap. 4.1; d. 9; wh. 6. — Storeggen (v. Yhlen), 50—140 fms, shingles, 1 sp.,
h. 8.6; d. 9; wh. 5°, Fig. 10. — N. W. of Egersund, 50—60 fms (??/ıo 1872) 1 sh.,
h. 8.3. — Molde, Christiansund and Bergen (Lilljeborg) small sps (Mus. U.). — Fin-
mark (Lovén) a few sps, max. h. 11.5; d. 11.3; D:o, Grötsund, 4—30 fms, clay (Goés
& Malmgren 1861), many sps, max. h. 12.5; ap. 5; d. 11.4; wh. 6°, Fig. 14; Karlsö-
sund, 15 fms, stones, corals (1861), many sps, max. h. 10; d. 9.4; wh. 61/2; Tromsö,
20 fms (1861), 1 sp.; h. 7.6; Kjosen, 30 fms, clay (1861), many sps, max. h. 13.7; ap.
6.3; d. 11,8; wh. 6 °%, Fig. 12; Ulfsfjord (1861) many sps, max. h. 13.2; d. 13,.Fig. 11.

Kola Peninsula: Waidaguba (Sandeberg '°%s 1877) 1 sp., h. 8.8; ap. 4; d.
8.3; wh. 5.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910); Reykiavik, 1 sp., h. 8.

Limits of formal variation:

Scandinavia ; Height of shell 4—5 6—7 1.89 10—11 | 12—13.| 13—14

| max. 14 (Jederen) |

100 sps Height of aperture) 2.2—3.2 | 3.2—3.9 | 3.8—4.8 | 4.4—5.8 | 5—6.5 | 5.5—6.7 | 6.5 |
| measured Diameter of shell 4.8—6.8 | 68—88 | 8—10 | 92—11 10.313 111.2— 13.5! 13.5
| Whorls 4'e 5 | 5-5°%5 146 6—6 5s] 6—7 | 6—7

In comparison with the preceding species the variation breadth is smaller and
the difference in size between maximal specimens of Sweden and Norway is not so
striking. Specimens from Finmark are usually more elevated than elsewhere.

General Distribution:

Norway: Vadsö and Vardö, southwards, 100 fms (d. 10, G. O. Sars 1878; Friele
1874; Schneider, h. 11, 1885; 1881; 1891; 1894; Bidenkap 1897; Aurivillius 1886;
Norman 1902). — Christianiafjord, 10—100 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870). —
Bohuslän, 14—35 fms (Malm 1855); Göteborg Skärgärd (Malm 1858); Hallands Väderö;
Skelderviken (Lönnberg 1903); Kullen (Lilljeborg 1852”). — Kattegatt to 24 fms
(Mörch 1871, Petersen 1888). — Oresund, to S. of Hven, 22—29 m. (h. 11; Lonnberg
1898). — Iceland (Mörch 1869*; Verkrüzen 1872). — Faroes (d. 10, Mörch 1868). —
S. W. of Faroe Isles, 650 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). —

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1, 47

Dogger Bank (Hargreaves 1910). — North Sea, 5—50 fms (Metzger 1875); coast of
Holland—Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — France, rare (Locard 1892). — Off Spain,
20—232 fms; Gibraltar Bay (Jeffreys 1883). Depths to 650 fms. Stones, sand,
clay, alge.

Gibbula magus (Linn& 1758).
Pio oy 9:

Habitat:

Bohuslän, Nordkoster, 1 shell, h. 11; aperture h. 6; diam. 14.1; whorls 5'%.
This single shell was found by Lieutenant Bunsen on the north-western shore of
Nordkoster, without any foreign shells in accompany and apparently not in ballast.
(Note of Loven.)

General Distribution:

British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — Scarborough, shs, » possibly introduced» (Har-
greaves 1910). — Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — France, common (Locard 1892).
— Portugal, common (Nobre 1905). — Morocco (Jeffreys 1882). — Mediterranean
(Carus 1889). — Madeira and Canaries, to 40 fms (Mc Andrew 1852, Jeffreys 1883).
Azores, 15—20 m (Dautzenberg 1889).

Calliostoma miliare (BroccHr 1814).
(= Trochus millegranus Puitipp: 1836.)
Pl. 3 figs. 16—20.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Skane, Raa, deep hole (1880), 1 sh., h. 10.2. — Katte-
gatt: S. W. of Nidingen, '/2 mile from lightship Fladen, 40 m, clay, mud (*’s 1911)
1 sp., h. 10; D:o, 20—30 m, stones (77/5 1911), 2 sps, max. h. 12; (with Verruca). —
Bohuslan: Gullmarn, many localities (Lovén), numerous shs, max. h. 18; ap. 6.5; d.
15.2; wh. 10, Fig. 16; D:o, Alsback, 30—50 fms (Mus. G.); D:o, Saltkallefjorden,
20—35 fms (Aurivillius 1894) 1 sp; D:o, Ullholmsrännan (Aurivillius °'/s 1890) 1 sp.;
D:o, Kristineberg and other localities (Taten 1907); measurements: h. 14; ap. 4.7;
d. 13.8; wh. 8'/; h. 14.1; ap. 5: d. 12; wh. 8'/.. — Väderöarna, many sps, measure-
ments: h. 13.2; ap. 4.8; d. 12.7; wh. 81/2; h. 11.4; ap. 4.6; d. 11.6; wh. 8, Fig. 19.
— Koster, E. of Hamnskär, 100—80 m (*/s 1910), 1 sp., h. 11; Kosterfjorden, 20
fms, 3 shs; D:o, 12 fms, clay (Gunhild Exp. '*/- 1877) 1 sh., h. 9. — Svinesund,
30—70 fms, stones, mud (Lindahl) 2 shs, max. h. 7.2; ap. 3; d. 7.4; wh. 7.

Norway: Christianiafjorden (Asbjörnsen) 2 sps, max. h. 12.4. — Dröbak (Loven)
60 fms, clay, 1 sh., h. 6.7. — Christiansand, 50 fms, shells (Lindahl) 1 sh., h. 10. —

48 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Hitterö, 20—30 fms, shells (Oberg 1869), 2 sps, max. h. 7.2 — Flekkefjord, 15—20
fms (Oberg 1869) 2 sps, max. h. 12.9; ap. 44; d. 12.2. — Samlenfjord, 220 fms,
rocks (Bovallius 1880) 3 sps+1 sh., max. h. 12.6; Utnefjord, 95 fms, sand (B. 1880),
6 sps+ 8 shs, max. (sp.) h. 14.8; d. 14; wh. 7; Gravenfjord, 150 fms, shells (B. 1?
1880), 3 shs, max. h. 13.5; d. 12.4, Fig. 17; Bergen (M. Sars) many sps, max. h.
13.56, Fig. 18. — Storeggen, E. Bredsund, 20—100 fms, 1 sh., b. 9.5. — Christiansund
(Lilljeborg) many sps, max. h. 12.6 (Mus. U.). — Trondhjem (Boeck) 1 sp. h. 11.5.
— Finmark, Grötsund, 100 fms (1861) 2 sps + 1 sh., max. (sp.) h. 11.5; ap. 3.5, d. 10.8;
wh. 8, Fig. 20.

Limits of formal variation:

Height of shell 6—7 9—10 11—12 13—14 16—17 | max. 18 (Gullmarn)

|45 sps Height of aperture | 2.2—3 | 3—3.8 | 3.4—4.5 4—5.1 5—6.2 | 6.5
| measured Diameter of shell | 5.8—7.7 | 8.5—10.5| 9.8—12 |11.2—13.7:13.7—15 | 15.2
| | | |
Whorls| 61% |7'f—8 | 8—8'/2} 81/2 | 10

Sculptural variation: The basal or peripheric ridge is sometimes feeble or wholly
absent.

General Distribution:

Norway: Lofoten, southwards, 20—30 fms (h. 16; G. O. Sars 1878; Friele 1874;
Krause 1887; M’Andrew 1856; Metzger 1875). — Christianiafjord, sand and stones,
10-100 fms (Asbjörnsen 1854; Jeffreys 1870). — Bohuslän, 20—50 fms (Malm 1855);
Göteborg Skärgärd (Malm 1858); Bohuslän to Bergen (Loven 1846). — Kattegatt
to S. of Anholt (Petersen 1888). — N. Öresund, 29 m (h. 15; Lönnberg 1898). —
S. and. S. W. of Faroe Isles, 159—364 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — N. of Hebrides, 189
fms (Jeffreys 1869). — British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — W. off Ireland, 90—370 fms
(Jeffreys 1883). — N. Bay of Biscay, 75 fms, dead shells (Reynell 1909). — France
to 400 m (Locard 1899). — Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — Off Portugal and
Morocco, 292—386 fms (Jeffreys 1883, Nobre 1905). — Cape Verde Islands (Jeffreys
1883). Depts 15—386 fms. Rocks, sand, shells, clay.

Calliostoma conuloide (LAMARcK 1822).
(= Trochus zizyphinus Auct., non Linn& 1758.)
Bls23r nose21 23:

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Gullmarn, several sps, different localities (THEEL 1907);
max. h..25.5; ap. 11; d. 26.8; wh. 9 */e; h. 20.5; ap. 73rda2); avhi/9, Deal
Väderöarna, many sps, max. h. 28; another sp. h. 27; ap. 11; d. 26.3; wh. 9. —
Kummelbanken, Skagerrack (1900) 2 sps, max. h. 16.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 49

Norway: Hitterö, 20—30 fms, sand, shells (Oberg 1869) 1 sp., h. 10.8; D:o,
Kirkehavn (Oberg) 1 sp., h. 16. — Jederen, 100—150 fms (B. Olsson 1872) 1 sp., h.
24.3; ap. 10.5; d. 24.2 (with Balanus). — Haugesund (Wittrock 1865) 1 sh., h. 14;
D:o (Lilljeborg 1854), many sps, max. h. 28; d. 26 (Mus. U.). — SE. of Bergen (T.
Andersson 1872) 1 sp., h. 24.4; ap. 9.5; d. 25; wh. 9’/2. — Bergen (M. Sars) many
sps, max. h. 27.4; ap. 11; d. 24.5; wh. 10, Fig. 22. — Rondö, 60—70 fms, shells,
sand (v. Yhlen) 2 sps, max. h. 135. — Bank NW. of Bergen, 100—150 fms (T. An-
dersson) 1 sp., h. 20. — Grip (Lilljeborg) many sps, max. h. 29; d. 30 (Mus. U.). —
Finmark (Lovén) 1 sh., fragmentary, h. circa 27; ap. 9; d. 25.2, Fig. 23. Two similar
fragmentary shells are labelled »Bahusia 1837 & 38 (B. Fries)».

Variation: The proportions of the shell are somewhat varying, as is evident
from the measurements given above.

General Distribution:

Norway: Finmark (Lovén 1846); not found by G. O. Sars (1878); N. of
Trondhjemsfjord (M’Andrew 1856); Christiansund (Lilljeborg 1851); Bergen (Friele
1874); west coast, 0—20 fms (Metzger 1875); Christianiafjord, 10—20 fms (Asbjörnsen
1854). — Väderöarna, 20 fms (Malm 1855). — W. coast of Jutland, Denmark (Christen-
sen 1907). — Faroes (Mörch 1868). — N. of Hebrides, 189—530 fms (Jeffreys 1869).
— British Islands (Jeffreys 1865). — Belgium, rare (Maitland 1897). — Dogger Bank
(+ var. Iyonsi, Hargreaves 1910). — France (Locard 1892). — Portugal, rather rare
(Nobre 1905); Spain; S. off Portugal, to 530 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — E. off Morocco,
112 m, dead sh. (Locard 1898); Mogador (Jeffreys 1883). — Madeira and Canaries
(Me Andrew 1852). — Azores, 450 fms (Watson 1886); 15—20 m (Dautzenberg 1889).
The true C. zizyphinum (Lınn& 1766) is a Mediterranean form, occurring rarely even
on the Atlantic coast of France (Locard 1892, 1904). Depths 10—530 fms. Sand,
shells.

Calliostoma occidentale (Micurets & Apams 1841).
Pl. 3 figs. 24—25.

Habitat:

North Sea, 58° 55’ N., 3°28’ E., 170—200 fms, gravel (v. Yhlen) 1 sp., h. 10.5;
ap. 4.2; d. 9.6; wh. 7, Fig. 25. — Norwegian west-coast: the fish bank NW. off
Bergen, 100—150 fms (T. Andersson 1872), 2 sps, max. h. 11.2 — Storeggen, 80 fms,
gravel (v. Yhlen), 1 sp., h. 8; ap. 2.9; d. 7.1; wh. 6/4. — Jutland Reef, 60—130
fms (Uddström 1873), 3 sps, max. h. 12.3; ap. 5.2; d. 11.4; wh. 7. — Christiansund,
(Lilljeborg) 2 shs, max. h. 9 (Mus. U.).

Finmark: Karlsö, 30 fms, shells (Malmgren 1861, 1864) 8 sps, max. h. 13.7;
ap. 5.2; d. 12.1; wh. 7%/4; D:o, Karlsösund, 15 fms, stones, corals (M. 1861) 4 sps,
max. h. 12.8; ap. 5.2; d. 11.8; wh. 7%/4. — Ulfsfjord (Goes & Malmgren 1861) 3 sps,

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. Band 48. N:o 1. 1

50 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHTA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

max. h. 12.1; d. 11.4. — Kjosen (G. & M. 1861) 2 sps, max. h. 10.7. — Loppen
(Lovén, type of Lovén’s Margarita alabastrum BEck)' 3 sps, max. h. 14.3; ap. 5.5;
d. 12.2; wh. 8, Fig. 24, — Hammerfest, 100 fms, sand (Lovén) 5 sps, max. h. 12.7.

Kola Peninsula: Waideguba, 1 mile on sea (Sandeberg °*/s 1877) 2 sps, max.
h. 10.3; ap. 4.5; d. 9.2; wh. 7. — Subowski, 14 fms, sand (Sandeberg °/s 1877) 1 sp.,
he 6.2: aps.o6 ds 95: whoa

Average value of formal variation:

Height of shell |

| 5—6 | 8—9 | 11-12 |’ max, 143 (Loppen)
30 sps Height of aperture | 2.2—2.5 | 3.2—3.8 | 4.5—5 | 5.5

| measured Diameter of shell | 4.5—5.5 | 7.2—8 | 9.7—10.6 12.2

| Whorls | 5'/2 | 62/2 | 7. 8

General Distribution:

Norway: Vadsö and Vardö, southwards, 30—150 fms (h. 16, G. O. Sars 1878;
Schneider 1881, 1885, 1894; Aurivillius 1886; De Guerne 1886); Bog Fiord, E. Fin-
mark, 20—30 fms (Norman 1902); Nordland (Krause 1887); Drontheim (M’Andrew
1856); Bergen (Loven 1846; Friele 1874). — Murman coast (Herzenstein 1893). —
Faroes, 10—30 fms (Jeffreys 1869; Mörch 1869’). — Between Hebrides and
Faroes, 170—189 fms; The Minch 45—60 fms; Faroes 114 fms; Shetland, 75 fms; W.
off Ireland, 90—164 fms (Jeffreys 1869, 1883). — N. of Hebrides and Shetland—
Faire Isles, 97—1000 m (Simpson 1910). — Scarborough and Dogger Bank, 20—40
fms (Hargreaves 1910). — E. Canada, 25—40 fms (Whiteaves 1901). — New Eng-
land, rare, h. 13 (Gould & Binney 1870). — E. Coast of N. America 207—630 fms
(Verrill 1885). Depths 15 fms to 1000 m. Sand, gravel.

Craspedotus otavianus (CANTRAINE 1835).

Distribution: Norway, west coast, Bergen, 20—30 fms, 1 sp. (Friele 1874); 80—100 fms (G. O. Sars
1878). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 229 fms; W. off Ireland, 173 fms; Lighting Exp. 1868, st. 89
(Jeffreys 1883). — North Sea (Locard 1904). — N. of Spain, 411 m (Locard 1898). — Off Portugal and
Morocco, 72-—386 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — Portugal (Nobre 1905). — Mediterranean, Marseille 445—555 m,
and other localities to 2000 m; Aegean (Locard 1898; Carus 1889). — Madeira; Azores (Locard 1898).

Margarita helicina (PHipps 1774).
Pl. 3 figs. 26—34; Pl. 6 figs. 3—5.

Habitat:

West coast of Sweden: Bohuslän (Loven) 7 sps, max. h. 3.1; ap. 2; d. 3.7;
wh. 4'/s, Fig. 34; Humlesäcken, alge (TH&EL 1907). — Sydkoster, 5—15 fms (Eisen

1 Becks’s type is a Margarita cinerea Couth. according to Posselt & Jensen 1899.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, N:o 1. 51

& Stuxberg 1871), 1 sh., h. 2.9; ap. 2.2; d. 3.7; wh. 4; D:o, 10 fms, 1 sp., h. 3.3;

ap. 2.2; d. 4; wh. 47/2. — Väderöarna, 1’/2 fms, sand with Amphioxus, 7 sps, max.
d. 1.2 (Mus. G.; determined and described by Mat, 1855, as »Skenea? divisa Forb.
& Hanl.»).

West coast of Norway: Bodybet, 20 fms, sand (v. Yhlen) 1 sh., h. 5.6; ap. 3.3;
d. 6.5; wh. 5; D:o, 60--70 fms, sand, 1 sp., h. 3.2; ap. 2.2; d. 4; wh. 4'/ı. — Bergen
(Koren) 2 sps; D:o (M. Sars) 3 sps, max. h. 4.9; ap. 3.1; d. 6.5; wh. 5; h. 3.7; ap.
2.4; d. 4.8; wh. 47/2, — SE. of Bergen, 100—150 fms (1874) 1 sp., h. 6.1; ap. 4;
d. 7.8; wh. 5, Fig. 32. — Norway, without definite locality (Duben), many sps, max.
h. 4.4; ap. 2.7; d. 5.1; wh. 5, Fig. 33. — Hardangerfjord (Aurivillius M. 8.).

North coast of Norway: Finmark (Lovén) many sps (with Bryozoa), max. h.
6.4; ap. 3.5; d. 7.5; wh. 5, Fig. 30. — Stensö (Villander 1870) 1 sp., d. 4.5. — Karlso,
N. of Tromsö, 15—20 fms, corals, sand, stones (Malmgren 1861) 1 sp., d. 4.3. —
Kalfjord, 50 fms, clay (Goes & Malmgren) 1 sh., d. 3.5. — Kjosen, ebb (G. & M.)
ll sps, max. h. 3.3; ap. 2.4; d. 4.6; wh. 4'/s. — Vardö, in the surface (Sandeberg
4/5 1877) 5 shs, max. d. 4.

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula: Ara (Herzenstein 1884), sublittoral region,
5 sps, max, h. 3.4; d. 4.4; wh. 4. — Subowski, 14 fms, sand (Sandeberg ° 1877)
2 sps, max. d. 4. — Waideguba (Sandeberg '°/ 1877) 4 sps, max. d. 5.

Kara Sea (LecHE 1878) Max. dimensions: Möller Bay, h. 4.3; ap. 3.2; d. 5.9;
wh. 41/2, Fig. 28. — Matotschkin sharr, h. 5; ap. 3.8; d. 6.1; wh. 4°/4."

Spitzbergen, west coast: Horn Sound, 3—10 fms (Malmgren °/s 1864) many
sps, max. d. 9.5; D:o, 5—40 fms (1861) 10 shs, max. d. 8.7. — Bel Sound, 5—8 fms,
stones, alge (Torell 1858) many sps; D:o, 35—40 fms, stones, zoophytes, many sps,
max. d. 10.8 (with Bryozoa); D:o, 5—12 fms, morainic clay, 2 sps, d. 9; D:o, 3—6
fms, alge (?”/ 1864) 8 sps, max. d. 9.5. — Skans Bay, 15 fms, clay (*’/7 1873) 1 sp.,
d. 5.6. — Ice Fiord: Advent Bay, 5—10 fms, clay (?/s 1868) 4 sps, max. h. 5.8; ap.
4.2; d. 8; D:o, 20—40 fms (*/s 1868) 4 sps, h. 4.8; d. 6; D:o, 2—5 fms (°/s 1868)
numerous sps, max. d. 7; Green Bay, 5—20 fms, alge with clay (*'/ 1868) several
sps, max. d. 8.7; Safe Bay, 30—50 fms, bluish clay (*/s 1864) 1sp., d. 6; Cape
Thordsen, 2 fms (Willander *’/s 1870) many sps, max. d. 7.3 (with Bryozoa); Sassen
Bay, 2 fms, alge, clay (1861) 1 sp., d. 4.2. — Kings Bay, 25 fms (1861) 2 sps, max.
d. 7.5; D:o, 60 fms, 5 shs, max. d. 6.5. — Seven Ice Mountains, 30 fms, stones
(Torell) 2 shs, max. d. 7. — Danes Island, Kobbe Bay, 3 fms, gravel (°"/5 1861) 6
sps, max. d. 3; D:o,ebb (?°/s 1861) many sps, max. d. 8.3 (with Bryozoa); D:o, 8—4
fms, gravel, numerous sps, max. d. 11.3, Fig. 26. -- Danes Gat, 20 fms, clay ('%%
1861) 2 shs, max. d. 7. — Virgo’s harbour, Danes Island, 25—30 m, grayish clay,
Laminariz (*"/s 1898) 1 juv.; D:o, 2—3 fms, alge (°°/s 1898) 6 sps, max. d. 5.5. —
Amsterdam Island, 25 fms, mud (1861) 2 sps, max. d. 6; D:o, 12 fms, stones (?°/s
1861) 3 sps, max. d. 7.4 (with Bryozoa).

Spitzbergen, North coast: Hackluyts Headland, 16—20 fms, stones, red alge

! According to Leche the maximal height amounts to 5.5 mm.

52 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA,.

(°°; 1861) 10 sps, max. h. 6.8; d. 9. — Smeerenburg Bay, low water, alge, stones,
sand (??/s 1868) 13 sps, max. h. 7; d. 9.3; wh. 4'/s (with Bryozoa); D:o, 20 fms,
sand, stones, clay (?/s 1861) 9 sps, max. h. 7.6; d. 9.3; wh. 5'/s (with Bryozoa); D:o,
85 fms, clay (1861) 1 sh., d. 4. — Foul Bay, 15 fms, sand (**/s 1872) 7 sps, max. d.
9. — Fair Haven, 10 fms, clay, close by the glacier (’*/s 1872) 1 sh., d. 6.5; D:o,
2—22 fms, alge, sand, clay (°°/s 1872), many sps, max. d. 10. — Cloven Cliff, 20
fms (Torell 1858), many sps, max. d. 10 (with Bryozoa); D:o 4 fms, sand, 2 sps,
d. 9 (with Bryozoa); D:o, 12—20 fms, stones with alge, many sps, max. d. 8.2. —
Norwegian Island, 7—20 fms, stones, sand, clay (/s 1872) numerous sps, max. d.
9.3 (with Bryozoa). — Liefde Bay, 20—30 fms, clay mixed with stones (3/) 1868) 1
sp., d. 3.8; D:o, 15—30 fms, alge, clay, stones (*/s 1868) 5 sps, max. d. 6.8. — Off
Mossel Bay, 12 fms, sand ('’/ı 1873) many sps, max. d. 7.5; Mossel Bay, 1—15 fms,
alow, Lithothamnion (1872—73) numerous sps, max. h. 7.4; ap. 4.8; d. 9.3; wh. 5;
D:o, 5—7 fms, alge (°°/11 1872) 15 sps, max. d. 8.2 (with Bryozoa); D:o, 9 fms
(1872) 10 sps, max. d. 8; D:o, 11 fms, sand, alge ("/ı 1872), 1 sp., d. 6. — Vertegen
Hook, 40--50 fms, stones (° 1861), 4 sps, max. h. 4.5; ap. 2.5; d. 5.1. — Hekla
Cove, 6 fms, Laminarie (1861) 10 sps, max. d. 8.5. — Treurenburg Bay, 6 fms,
sand, clay mixed with stones (°°/s 1861) 2 sps, max. d. 7.5; D:o, 5—20 fms, stones,
clay, many sps, max. d. 9.6; D:o 14—21 fms, clay, 2 sps, d. 4.3 and 2; D:o, 20—30
fms, clay with stones, 1 sp., d. 7; D:o, 25 fms, clay (1861) 1 sh., d. 8.3 (with Bryo-
zoa). — Lomme Bay, 5—15 fms, clay, stones, alge (''/; 1868) many sps, max. h. 7;
d. 9.5. — Hinlopen Strait, 10—25 fms, clay (1861) 6 sps, max. d. 7.5 (with Bryozoa).
— Shoal Point, 20—30 fms, clay (*°/; 1861) 15 sps, max. d. 8.3, (with Bryozoa). —
Brandywine Bay, 5—15 fms, stones (°/; 1868) many sps, max. d. 10 (with Bryozoa).
— Castrén’s Islands, 3—10 fms, alge, stones (”/; 1868) numerous sps, max. d. 10.
— Parry Island, 30—40 fms, stones, gravel (* 1868) 5 sps, max. d. 6.9 (with
Bryozoa).

Spitzbergen, East coast: Walter Thymen Strait, the outlet in Stor Fiord, 30—
40 fms (1864) 1 sp., h. 8.6; d. 11.7; wh. 5'/. — Stor Fiord, 5—10 fms, clay (°*/s
1864) 1 sp., h. 7.5; d. 9.6; D:o, 4—7 fms, fine clay (°*/s 1864) 7 sps, max. h. 6; d.
8.6; D:o, without definite depth, many sps, max. h. 9.4; ap. 6.2; d. 11.5; wh. 5 '%.
— Whaler’s Pynt, Stor Fiord, 20—40 fms, clay ('°/s 1864) 1 sp., d. 4.1.

Beeren Island: 74° 21'N., 19° 15' E., 20 m, bottom temp + 1.5°, stones, Laminariz
and red alge ('°/s 1898) many sps, max. d. 5. — D:o, 1—2 fms, rocks and gravel
(74/7 1868) 7 sps, max. h. 4; d. 5.3; wh. 44/4.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910). Maximal dimensions: Berufjord, h. 4.6; ap. 3.2; d.
5.8; wh. 41/2, Fig. 31. — Raufarhofn, h. 4.5; ap. 2.8; d. 5.

East Greenland (Häce 1905) 12—35 m, max. d. 8.5 (Mus. U.).

West Greenland (PossELT & JENSEN 1899). Dimensions: Egedesminde h. 6;
ap. 4; d. 7.7; wh. 5, Fig. 29. — Norsouak, h. 6.5; ap. 4.3; d. 7.9; wh. 5. — Further: -
Cape Dudley Digges, 76° 21'N., 68° 28’ W., 30-40 m, mud (E. Nilson °/- 1894) 3 sps,
max. d. 4.6. — Duck Island, 73° 55’ N., 57° 28’ W., 3—27 m, rocks, stones (E. Nilson
°°/ 1894), many sps, max. h. 7; ap. 4.2; d. 7.6; wh. 5. — Kingitok, 73° 17' N., 56° 10'

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, N:o 1. 53

W., 27 m, hard mud (E. Nilson '° 1894) 6 sps, with Bryozoa, max. d. 7. — Davis
Strait, 64°56'N., 66°18'W., 15—30 m, sand (E. Nilson “10 1894) 2 sps, max. d. 7;
D:o, low water, many sps, max. h. 8; ap. 5; d. 9; wh. 5 "/s.

Bank of Newfoundland, 46°5'N., 51°44' W., 56 fms, sand, shells (Ing. & Glad.
Exp. '%/s 1871) 1 sp., h. 5.3; ap. 3.3; d. 6; wh. 5.

Behring Island, low water (Vega Exp. '/, 1879) 2 sps, max. h, 5.7; ap. 4; d.
8; wh. 4'/2; shell very solid, Fig. 27.

Limits of formal variation:

6—7 7 8.179210 max. 9.8 (Stor Fiord)

Spitzbergen; h. | 2—3 4—5

| 3-4 | 5—6 | |
80 sps ap. | 1.5—2.6 | 2—3.4 | 2.3—4.1 3—4.5 | 3.7—4.9 | 3.8—5.5 | 5.2—6.2 | 5.7
measured d. 20-45 4-6 | 5-7 | 6—8.6 | 73-10 | 85—10.8/10.5—12 | 11
wh. | 31/2—4 4—4'2|44/s—4"]2 | 44fo—5 | 44e—5 IM I
Greenland; h. 2—3 3—4 4—5 5G. le 6-27 | max. 6.5 (Norsouak) max. 8 (Davis Strait)
50 sps ap. | 14-24 | 2-29 | 23-33 | 27-4 | 34—4.5 4.3 5
measured d. | 2.8—4.7 | 3.7—5.7 | 4.8—6.7 | 5.5—7.7 | 7.8--8.2 7.9 9
wh. | 3-4 | 4—4'/2 | 4'h—5 5 about 5 | 5 RE 5s
West coast of h. 2—3 3—4 4—5 5—6 07 max. 6.4 (Finmark)
Scandinavia; ap. | 1.3—2.2 | 1.9—2.8 | 2.4—3,4 | 2.7—3.8 | 3.2—4.3 3.5
50 sps d. | 2.6—3.2 | 3.5—5.1 | 45—6.8 | 5.7—7.7 | 6.8—8.5 7
measured wh. | 3'/:—4'/2 | 4—4}/s ee: | 5 about 5 | 45 . \
| h. | 2-3 | 3—4 4—5 | max. 4.6 (Berufjord)
Iceland ; ap. | 1.5—2.3 ee | 3.2 |
40 sps d. | 2.5--4.6 | 4—5.6 | 4.9—5.8 5.8 |
measured wh. | 331 —4 4—4!/2 | 41 —5 4!/> |

The Scandinavian specimens, especially those from the southern districts, such
as Bohuslän, have a comparatively small diameter (thus are more elevated) than
specimens from Arctic districts.

Colour variation: var. fasciata, JEFFREYS 1865, has a spiral band of reddish-
brown below the suture.

Variation of the radula: This varies but slightly in the different districts. Form
and denticulation of the teeth is the same, and the number of uncini only is subject
to change. Specimens from Bohuslän (full-grown, with a diameter of 3.7) have circa
50 uncini (Pl. 6. fig. 3); specimens from Norway (Düben; d. 5.1) have 80; those
from Spitzbergen (d. 9.5) about 80 (fig. 4—5); the specimen from Behring Island (d.
8) likewise circa 80; specimens from Egedesminde have usually about 80 uncini (2
sps, h. 5.4; d. 7.2 and h. 5.4; d. 6.6), but one especially high and narrow specimen
showed only 50. Young animals always have a lesser number of uncini than older
ones; a specimen from Sukkertoppen (d. 2.2) had only 40, and another from Mossel
Bay (d. 30) 50. According to Sars, 1878, young specimens have also a smaller num-
ber of median teeth. One specimen from Norway (Diiben) had an aberrant radula
of the formula ©.1.(6.1.7).1. ©; the 7th tooth exhibiting some exceptionally
strong denticles in the outer margin.

54 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

General Distribution:

Norway, Finmark southwards (d. 7; G. O. Sars 1878; Friele 1874; Schneider
1881; 1885; 1891; 1894; Bidenkap 1897; Aurivillius 1886; Norman 1902); Korsfjord
135—217 fms (Metzger 1875). — Bohuslän, Väderöarna, Laminarie (Malm 1855);
Goteborg Skärgärd, Vinga ränna, 1 sp. (Malm 1858). — Kattegatt, NE. of Anholt,
dead shs (Petersen 1888). — Iceland (Mörch 1869’, Verkrüzen 1872; Johansen 1902).
— Faroes (Mörch 1868). — British Islands (Jeffreys 1865, Hargreaves 1910, + var.
fasciata). — Jan Mayen, 10—15 fms (Friele 1878, Hagg 1905). — Norwegian Sea
(Friele 1902). — Murman Coast, White Sea, Nova Zembla and Kara Sea (Herzenstein
1893, Dautzenberg 1911). — Russian Lapland (Middendorff 1849). — Kara Sea, 2—20 fms
(Leche 1878; Collin 1887). — Franz-Josef Land, 1—127 fms (Melvill & Standen 1900). —
Spitzbergen, to 87 m (d. 8.5, Knipowitsch 1901’; 1902; Krause 1892; Friele 1879; Mörch
1869). — Greenland, to 100 fms (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Jones Sound, 4—26 m, max. d.
9.2 (Grieg 1909). — Parry Islands (Sutherland 1852). — Eastern Canada (Whiteaves
1901). — New England (d. 6, Gould & Binney 1870). — Behring Sea (Crosse 1877;
Krause 1887); Behring Island (Dall 1885); Aleutian and Sitcha (Dall 1875). — Ochot-
chian Sea (var. major, Middendorff 1849, 1851). — Amur, 1. 5.5 (Schrenk 1867). —
Northern Japanese Sea (Dunker 1882). — Vancouver Island (Carpenter 1864). Depths
to 226 m; Young sps to 386 m; dead shells to 1,203 m (Hägg 1905). Algze, stones,
sand, clay.

Margarita olivacea (BRowN 1827)
(incl. var. gigantea LEcHE).
Pl. 3 figs. 41—46; Pl. 4 figs. 1—3; Pl. 6 figs. 8—13.

Habitat:

Finmark (Lovén) 1 sp., h. 2.6; d. 3.5; sculpture moderately fine; colour light
yellowish green. — D:o (Sparre Schneider) 3 sps, max. h. 3.5; ap. 2.2; d. 4; wh.
4/2; aperture somewhat lower than in specimens from Spitzbergen.

Kara Sea (LECHE 1878), max. h. 5.6; ap. 3.6; d. 6.2; wh. 41/2; sculpture varying,
coarser or finer. Var. gigantea; h. 9.7; ap. 6.5; d. 10.9; wh. 5, Fig. 3 to the right;
h. 10.3; ap. 7; d. 11.2; wh. 5%, Fig. 3 to the left. — Further: Jugor sharr, off
Chabarova, 5—8 fms, clay, sand (N. Zembla Exp. */, 1875).

North of Siberia and Behring Sea (AuRIVILLIUS 1887): Irkaipij, Fig. 2, and
other localities. Max. dimensions of var. gigantea (=the type of Aurivillius), N:o
1068: h. 6.2; ap. 4.2; d. 7; wh. 4 and h. 6; ap. 4.5; d. 7.6; wh. 4. Shell thin, light
coloured; apex obtuse.

Spitzbergen: Off Horn Sound, 76° 46' N., 5° 22'E., 210 m, fine blackish gray clay,
bottom temp. + 2.83° (?%/6 1898), 12 sps, max. h. 8; ap. 5.4; d. 9 (agreeing with var.
gigantea by the thin shell and the pointed apex, but aberrant by the more elevated

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 55

spire), Fig. 44. — Bel Sound, 35—40 fms, stones, zoophytes (Torell), 3 sps, max. d.
3.6 (greenish); D:o, 5—12 fms, stones, alge (Torell) 2 sps, max. d. 5. — Cloven Cliff,
5 fms, sand (Torell), 3 sps, max. d. 7.4, Fig. 46. — E. of Vertegen Hook, 80° 10'N.,
17° E., 40—50 fms, stones (1861), 1 sp., d. 4.1 (dark bluish gray). — Treurenburg
Bay, 30 fms, clay (1861) 1 sh., d. 5.2; D:o, 70 fms, clay, stones (/s 1861) 1 sh., d.
5.7. — Brandywine Bay, 5—15 fms, stones (°/ 1868) 1 sh., d. 4.7. — Parry Island,
30—40 fms, stones, gravel (*/> 1868), 1 sh., d. 5.8 (dark bluish tinted). — Hinlopen
Strait 79°45'N., 20° E., 50 fms. fine reddish clay (°/s 1861), 1 sp., d. 3.5 (greenish),
— Loven’s Mount, 36 fms, clay with stones ('/; 1868), 1 sh., d. 5.2. — Waygat Is-
lands, 60 fms, clay (1861) 1 sp., d. 5. — King Charles Land, Bremer Sound, 100—
110 m, bottom temp. — 1.45°, fine clay with big stones; Biloculina sparse (*/s 1898),
3 sps, max. d. 5.6, Fig. 43. — Stor Fiord, 5—10 fms, clay (**/s 1864) 7 sps, max. d.
7.2 (dark blue), Fig. 42. — Mouth of Stor Fiord, 100—120 fms, clay with stones (?°/;
1868) 1 sp., d. 5.4 (whitish).

Iceland (OpHNER 1910). Dimensions: Ofjord, h. 4; ap. 2.7; d. 4.3, Fig. 41. —
Bjarnanes, h. 4.6; ap. 2.8; d. 5.1; wh. 41/2, Fig. 46.

West Greenland (POSSELT & JENSEN 1898). Maximal dimensions: Sukkertoppen,
h. 5; ap. 2.9; d. 5.3; wh. 4%/4; h. 4.7; ap. 2.7; d. 5.5; wh. 4°/4, Fig. 45. — Egedes-
minde, h. 6; ap. 3.9 or 3.5; d. 6.3 resp. 6.5; wh. 5 (2 sps). — Godthaab, h. 5.9; ap.
3; d. 5.8; wh. 5, Fig. 46. — Further: NW. of Cape York, 5—15 fms, clay mixed
with sand, alge (°"/; 1883), 1 sp., d. 8.4 — 72°8'N., 74° 20' W., 30—80 m, hard mud
(E. Nilson ''/; 1894) 4 sps, max. h. 9.5; ap. 5; d. 9.7. — Harungen, Disco, 161 fms,
loose grayish clay ("/; 1871) 1 sp. (= groenlandica in Posselt) h. 3.7; ap. 2; d. 4.4.

East Greenland (HAca 1905). Dimensions: h. 6.2; ap. 3.8; d. 6.7 (Mackenzie
Bay; colour light yellowish; type).

Limits of formal variation:

Spitzbergen; h. | 4—5 | be es max. 8 (Horn Sound)
30 sps ap. | 2.3—3.6 | 3.7—4.9 4—5 3 | 5.4
| measured de 45-6 +] 62-8 | 73-9: | 8.9

wh.| 4 43/4 5 5 5
Greenland; h. 4—5 67 7—8 9—10 max. 9.8 (72° 8'N.)
50 sps ap. | 2.2—3.6 | 3.5—4.5 ee | | 5.4
measured d. | 45-59 62-79 71-86 | 9-10 | 9.8

wh. 4—4'/s 5 5 | + bo/a | 53/4

The sculpture varies somewhat in prominence. Usually the spiral striz are
more or less deeply impressed and crossed by fine longitudinal lines of growth (forma
typica). Sometimes the longitudinal lines have the shape of fine lamellae and are as
conspicuous as the spiral sculpture itself, which consists of broader and very shallow
furrows, sometimes limited by fine lamelliform riblets (var. gigantea).

The colour is pale yellowish, iridescent, to grayish green and dark bluish.
Var. gigantea is always light-coloured.

56 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Variation of the radula: Two forms of radule are distinguishable (cfr Pl. 6,
figs. 8—13): the one with 11 median teeth (5.1.5), the other with 9 (4.1.4). The
form of the teeth is somewhat different in these cases, having in the first a broad
semicircular base, attached with a broad (not lengthened) area; the apices are fur-
nished with long central cusps and feeble denticles on the sides. In the other case
the teeth are somewhat quadrangularly rounded and more contracted beneath the
apices, with narrower and more lengthened feet. The denticulation is more marked
and extends usually far towards the central cusps; these are usually small, but so-
metimes rather prominent (e. g. specimens from Cloven Cliff, fig. 9). The first-
named form of radula is characteristic of var. gigantea and is only met with in spe-
cimens of its sculpture (from Horn Sound, Matotschkin sharr and Behring Sea). Auri-
villius (1887) describes the specimens from Behring Sea as the typical form, but they
have the shell and radula characters of var. gigantea LECHE, and the var. gigantea
of Aurivillius is the typical form; of the first, one specimen has 11 median teeth
(according to Aurivillius), thus presenting mixed typical and varietal characters. —
The number of lamelle varies from about 20 to 25 (both in type and variety), but
sometimes amounts to about 60 (var. gigantea, Cloven Cliff).

General Distribution:

Norway: Vardö to Lofoten (d. 3.5, G. O. Sars 1878; h. 5, Schneider 1885,
1891); Tromso (Schneider 1881); Bogfjord (Norman 1902). — Murman coast, White
Sea and Arctic Ocean N. of Siberia (Herzenstein 1893). — Kara Sea, 2—90 fms (Col-
lin 1887; Leche 1878 + var. gigantea). — Barent Sea, 80—211 m (Knipowitsch 1901*).

— Nova Zembla (Dautzenberg 1911). — Siberia; Behring Sea, 3—55 fms (Aurivillius
1887, + var. gigantea, cir above; Dall 1875; Crosse 1877; Krause 1885). — Iceland

(Odhner 1910). — Scotland (Jeffreys 1869). — East Greenland, 3—220 m (Hägg 1905).
— West Greenland, to 200 fms (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Grinnel Land (Smith
1877). — Jones Sound and North Devon, 4—40 m, max. d. 7.5 (Grieg 1909). —
Parry Islands (Sutherland 1852). — East Canada, 20—60 fms (Whiteaves 1901). —
New England (d. 4, Gould & Binney 1870). Depths to 200 fms. Clay, sand, stones,
alge.

Margarita groenlandica (CHEMNITZ 1781).
Pl. 4 figs. 4—27; Pl. 6 figs. 14—-20.

Habitat: !

West coast of Sweden: Gullmarn (Lovén) 1 sp., together with Moelleria costu-
lata and Rissoa Jeffreysi; d. 2. — Kosterfjorden, 10—15 fms, rocks (Aug. 1863)
3 sps, white, feebly sculptured or smooth, max. h. 4.5; ap. 3; d. 6; wh. 47/2 (var.
2a—2 c).

! The notes in brackets after the measurements refer to the account of the variation given below.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, w:o 1. 57

West coast of Norway: Norway, without definite locality (Diiben) many sps,
max. h. 8.2; ap. 4.1; d. 9.5; wh. 6. — Farsund, 3 shs, max. d. 5.5 (Mus. U.). — Sta-
vanger (Aurivillius) 2 sps (var. 1 b). — Utnefjord, Hardanger, 90 fms, stones (Bo-
vallius 1880) 1 sh. (var. 1 b). — Bodybet, 29 fms (v. Yhlen) 1 sh. (var. 1 b); D:o,
60—70 fms, sand (v. Yhlen) 2 sps (var. 1 b—Ilc), Fig. 27. — Hitterö, 20—30 fms,
shells (Oberg 1869) 2 shs, max. h. 4.6; d. 6; wh. 47/2 (var. 1c—2c); many red
coloured (var. 1 b). — Haugesund, 25 fms, sand (Bovallius) many sps, max. h. 5.6;
ap. 3.5; d. 6.8; wh. 5 (var. 1 b). — North Sea, 55° 55' N., 3° 28° E., 170—220 fms,
gravel (v. Yhlen), 1 sp., h. 7.6; ap. 4.5; d. 9.4; wh. 5 */2 (var. 1 a). — Bergen (M.
Sars; Koren) 7 sps, max. h. 9; ap. 4.5; d. 10.3; wh. 6 (var. 1 a—1 b—1 ce); one high
specimen: h. 9; ap. 4.3; d. 9.5; wh. 6 */z, var. levior, Fig. 26. — Grip (Lilljeborg)
many sps, max. h. 4.3; d. 5.2; wh. 5 (Mus. U.). — Bejan, Trondhjem (Boeck) 1 sp.,
h. 6.2; ap. 4; d. 8; wh. 5 7/s (var. 2c). — Kvenangen, 5—20 fms, many sps (Cleve),
max. h. 16; ap. 5.8; d. 15; wh. 7 (Mus. U.). — Grötsund, 4 fms (Goés & Malmgren
1861), many sps, max. h. 9.5; ap. 4.5; d. 9.3; wh. 6 '/ (var. 1 b). — Ulfsfjord, 25—
50 fms (G. & M. "io 1861) 1 sh. — Kalfjord, 50 fms, 1 sh., h. 5.5; d. 7; wh. 5 V/s
(var. 1c). — Kjosen, 25—40 fms, many sps, max. h. 9.2; d. 10.2; wh. 6 (var. 1b),
Fig. 25. — Karlsösund, 15 fms, stones, corals (G. & M. 1861), many sps, max. h.
6.8; d. 7.8; wh. 5 ®ı (var. 1b). — Karlsö N. of Tromsö (G. & M. °/s 1861), 30 fms,
shells, 7-sps, max. h. 6.5; ap. 3.4; d. 7.6; wh. 6 (var. 1 b); D:o, 70 fms, 1 sp., d. 3.5.
— Tromso, 20 fms (G. & M. 1861) 1 sp. (var. 1 b).

Finmark: without definite locality (Sparre Schneider) many sps, max. h. 10;
ap. 5; d. 10.5; wh. 6 '/ (var. 1b), Fig. 24. — Hammerfest, 60—100 fms, shells, many
sps (var. 1b). — Stensö (Villander 1870) 8 sps (var. 1 b). — Vadsö, 20—30 fms,
stones (Klinckowström °/s 1896) 1 sp. (var. 1b).

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula: Ara, stones, Lithothamnion (Herzenstein
1884) 2 sps, max. h. 7.5; ap. 3.5; d. 7.7; wh. 5 (var. 1 b). — Waidaguba (Sandeberg
"8/4 1877) 1 sh., d. 7.5 (var. 1b); D:o, 1 mile off the coast, 52 fms, sand, shells
(Sandeberg **; 1877) many sps, max. h. 9; ap. 5; d. 10; wh. 6 7/4 (var. 1 b). — Su-
bowski, 15 fms, sand (Sandeberg '° 1877) many sps, max. h. 8.5; d. 9; wh. 6 '/:
(var. 1 b). — Teriberki Fiord, 20 fms (Sandeberg **/s 1877) 1 sp., d. 4.5 (var. 1 b).

Kara Sea (LEcHE 1878). Dimensions: Kostin sharr, h. 8.8; ap. 4.4; d. 10.2; wh.
6, Fig. 21, 22. — Further: W. of N. Gäskap, 3 fms, rocks (??/s 1875) 3 sps, max.
h. 11.5; d. 12; wh. 6 (var. 1a). The var. rudis Mérch of Leche resembles the Nor-
wegian specimens, but is somewhat lower. The varieties 2 a—2 c are common
(=levigata Mörch of Leche).

North of Siberia: Actinia Bay, Taimyr Sound, 4—6 fms, clay mixed with sand
(Vega Exp. 1878) 1 sp., h. 8; ap. 4.8; d. 10.2; wh. 5 (var. 2c, determined by Auri-
villius as M. obscura var. intermedia).

Spitzbergen, West coast: Horn Sound, 40—60 fms, stones, clay, 10 sps, max.
d. 15.6 (var. 1 a, 1b, lc); one sp., elevated, smooth (var. levior), radula normal. —
Bel Sound, 12—26 fms, stones, alge (Torell 1858), 25 sps, max. d. 14 (var. 2 a—
2c; other specimens var. la, max. d. 16.1); D:o, 5--8 fms, stones, alge, 16 sps,

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48, N:o 1, 8

58 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

max. d. 12.7 (var. 2 e—a); D:o, 3—6 fms (1864), alge, 1 sh., D:o, 30—40 fms, stones,
zoophytes (Torell) numerous sps, max. d. 18 (var. 2 ¢), Fig. 20. — D:o, Recherche
Bay, between Reindeer Point and Fox Glacier, 90 m, stones with fine, grayish blue clay
(°/; 1898), 2 sps, max. d. 10.5 (var. 2a). — Skans Bay, 15 fms, clay (°?/; 1873), 18
sps, max. d. 16 (var. 2 a); shell in sculpture like M. obscura, but radula typical. —
Ice Fiord, without definite locality, 15—70 fms, stones (1861) many sps, max. d.
15.5 (var. 2a); D:o, 50 fms, fine clay (Torell) 1 sp.; Green Bay, 5—20 fms, clay
with stones and alge ('/s 1868) 12 sps, max. d. 15.4 (var. 2a—2c); Advent Bay,
30 fms, clay (Torell) 1 sp.; D:o, 5—10 fms, clay (°/s 1868) 8 sps, max. d. 19.8; wh.
6 °ı (var. 2a); Safe Bay, 30—50 fms, bluish clay (?'/; 1864), 6 sps, max. d. 15 (var.
1 a—2 a); Cape Thordsen (Villander 1870) 3 sps, max. d. 15.1 (var. 1 a—2 a). —
English Bay, 40—60 fms, stones, 8 sps, max. d. 16.3 (var. 2 a). — Kings Bay, 30—
40 fms, clay with stones (''/s 1868) 3 shs (var. 2 a); D:o, 40—60 fms, 13 sps, max.
d. 13.4. — Cross Bay, 2 fms, clay (1861) many sps; D:o, 60 fms, clay with stones,
1 sp. (var. 2 a); D:o, 30—200 fms, 3 sps, max. d. 16.5 (var. 1 a—2 a); D:o, 2 fms,
many sps, max. d. 12 (var. 1 a—1c). — Seven Ice Mountains, 30 fms, stones, 4 sps,
max. d. 17 (var. 2a). — Magdalena Bay, 20 fms, sand (Torell) 2 sps, max. d. 17;
D:o, 4—10 fms, stones, alge (Torell) 3 sps, d. 15.4 (var. 1 a); D:o, 20 fms, sand
(°°; 1864) 3 sps, max. d. 17 (var. 2a). — Kobbe Bay, 2—6 fms, sand, alge (1861)
many sps, max. d. 18.6 (var. 2 a—2 c—la), Fig. 18. — Danes Island, Virgo’s har-
bour, 79° 43° N., 10° 52° E., 25—30 m, gray clay, Laminariz (°"/s 1898) many sps
(var. 2 a—l1c). — Danes Gat, 7-—10 fms, stones with alge (7'/s 1868) 3 sps, max. d.
15.4 (var. 2 a—2c—lc). — Amsterdam Island, 12 fms, stones (°*/s 1861) 1 sp., d.
12.4 (var. 2a). — Smeerenburg Bay, 4—10 fms, alge, rocks (*”/s 1868) many sps,
max. d. 19.5 (var. 2c); D:o, 70—26 fms, 4 sps, max. d. 12.7 (var. 1 a); D:o, 25 fms,
stones, clay (1872) 1 sp., d. 9.8 (var. 2 a); D:o, 90—110 fms, stones, clay (1861) 3
sps, max. d. 13.5. — Hackluyts Headland, 20 fms, red alge (1858) 1 sh.; D:o, 16—
20 fms, clay (1861) numerous sps, max. d. 15.6 (var. 1 a—l1 b—2 a), Fig. 23.
Spitzbergen, North coast: Fairhaven, between Inner Norwegian Island and Pol-
hem harbour, 15 fms, sand (°*/s 1872) 3 sps (var. 2c); D:o, on the shore opposite
Inner Norwegian Island, 2—3 fms, rocks with alge (°"/s 1872) 6 sps, max. d. 20 (var.
2c); D:o, 10—30 fms, sand, clay; also in running water in the glacier bay (1872)
many sps, max. d. 14.6 (var. 2 c—l a). — Foul Bay, 15 fms, sand (°*/s 1872) 12 sps,
max. d. 14. — Norwegian Islands, 15— 20 fms, stones, sand (''/s 1872) numerous sps, max.
d. 17.5 (var. 2a). -— Cloven Cliff, 12—20 fms, stones, alge (Torell 1858) numerous
sps, max. d. 18 (var. 2 a). — 80° N., 13° 30' E., 20 fms (’/s 1861) 2 sps. — Red Bay
(1861) many sps, max. d. 18.5 (var. 2c). — Liefde Bay, 3—5 fms, alge, stones, clay
(?°/s 1868) many sps, max. d. 14.7 (var. 2 c—l a); D:o, 10-30 fms, clay, 1 sh., d.
11.7; D:o, 10—15 fms (*s 1868) 8 sps, max. d. 14 (var. 2a—2c); D:o, 20—30 fms,
clay with stones (*/; 1868) many sps, max. d. 14 (var. 1 a—2 a); Liefde Bay, inlet,
140 m, stones, red alge, 1 sp., d. 9 (var. 1 a). — Wijde Bay, 30 fms, fine clay (1861)
2 sps, max. d. 18. — Mossel Bay, 2—12 fms, alge, Lithothamnium, sand, stones
(1872—73) many sps, max. h. 17.5; d. 19.5 (var. 2a—2c). Off Mossel Bay, 12 fms,

9
9
Ad

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, w:o 1, 59

sand (1872—73) 1 sp., d. 14 (var. 2b). — E. of Vertegen Hook, 40—50 fms, stones
(1861) 1 sp., d. 5.6.—Treurenburg Bay (1861) 21 fms, clay, 6—70 fms, sand, clay, nu-
merous sps, max. d. 18.5 (var. 2 a—2c). — Off Hekla Cove, 10—14 fms, clay, 4
sps, max. h. 19; ap. 10; d. 22.4; wh. 6 9/: (var. 2c). — 80° N., 18° 30' E., 10 fms,
stones (1/7 1861) 3 sps, max. d. 15 (var. 2c). — Lomme Bay, 5—15 fms, alge, stones,
clay ("/> 1868) max. d. 13.7 (var. 2c); D:o, 25—40 fms, clay with stones (”/» 1868)
many sps, max. d. 17.5 (var. 2 a). — Hinlopen Strait, 50 fms, fine reddish clay (°/s
1861) 2 sps, max. d. 10.5 (var. 2a); D:o, 10—20 fms, clay with stones, numerous
sps, max. d. 17.6, Fig. 19; D:o, 8 fms, stones ('/, 1861) 4 sps. — Loven’s Mount, 36
fms, clay with stones ("/, 1868) 3 shs, max. d. 10.5 (var. 2 a). — Shoal Point, 20—
30 fms (1861) many sps, max. d. 18. — Low Island, stones (°?/; 1861) 1 sp., d. 9.6
(var. 2c). — Brandywine Bay, 5—15 fms, clay with stones, 10 sps, max. d. 14.5.
— Parry Island, 20 fms (°/ 1868) 2 sps, max. d. 12 (var. 2 c).

Spitzbergen, East coast: Waygat Islands, 50—70 fms (1861) many sps, max.
d. 14.4. — King Charles Land, Swedish Foreland, 10—16 m, fine blackish gray sand,
stones, clay, alge (°/s 1898) many sps, max, d. 15.4 (var. 2c); D:o, Bremer Sound,
100—110 m, bottom temp. — 1.45°, fine clay with big stones, Biloculina sparse (*/s
1898) 7 sps, max. d. 17.5 (var. 2c). — Stor Fiord, 5—10 fms, fine clay (**/s 1864)
13 sps, max. d. 17 (var. 2 a—2 cc); D:o, 4—7 fms, fine clay (*’/s 1864) 3 sps, max.
d. 7.7 (var. 1 b). — Between Hope Island and Beeren Island, 75° 49' N., 24° 25' KE.
80 m, rocks, bottom temp. — 1.42° (“/, 1898) 4 sps, max. d. 17.2 (var. 2 a).

Iceland (OpHNER 1910). Dimensions: Berufjord, h. 11; ap. 5.2; d. 11.8; wh.
6 ‘/s4, Fig. 17. — Bjarnanes, h. 12; ap. 5; d. 12; wh. 6 '.

West Greenland (PosseLt & JENSEN 1898). Maximal dimensions: Egedesminde,
h. 8.5; ap. 4.5; d. 10; wh. 5 '/s, Fig. 4. — Godthaab, h. 9; ap. 4; d. 8.8; wh. 6 '/,
Fig. 5. — Julianehaab, h. 14.5; ap. 7.5; d. 15.2; wh. 6, Fig. 6—7. — Umanak (var.
levigata), h. 14; ap. 8.5; d. 17.5; wh. 6, Figs. 8, 9, 12; D:o (forma typica), h. 14;
ap. 7.5; d. 17.5; wh. 6 */4, Figs. 9 and 12. — Kekertak, h. 15; ap. 8; d. 18; wh. 6'/s,
Figs. 10, 11. — Upernavik, h. 13.5; ap. 7.3; d. 16; wh. 6, Fig. 13. — Pröven (var.
umbilicalis). h. 13.5; ap. 7.5; d. 16.5; wh. 6 '/, Fig. 14. — Cape York (var. umbi-
licalis), h. 13; ap. 8; d. 17; wh. 6, Figs. 15, 16. — Further: Cape Dudley Digges,
30-45 m, mud (E. Nilson °/ 1894) many sps, max. h. 15.5; ap. 9.5; d. 23; wh. 6 ’/ı
(var. umbilicalis). — 73° 48’ N., 80° 30° W., 14—27 m, hard stony bottom (E. Nilson
?5/; 1894) many sps, d. 13.5 (var. umbilicalis). — 72° 8' N., 74° 20° W., 30—80 m,
hard mud (E. Nilson ''/ 1894) 2 sps. max. d. 13.7 (var. umbilicalis). — 64° 56’ N.
66° 18° W., on the shore, low water (E. Nilson '?,ıo 1894) many sps, max. h. 18.5;
ap. 10.5; d. 24; wh. 7 (var. umbilicalis; umbilicus very wide, perspective, sculpture
none, but on the uppermost whorls feeble spiral striz).

East Greenland (Hace 1905) 3—300 m, var. 2b, d. 21.9. Further: Franz-Josef
Fiord, E. of Cape Weber, 73° 32'N., 24° 35° W., 100—1!0 m, mud with stones and
gravel (°*/s 1899) 2 sps, juv.

Bank of Newfoundland, 46° 5' N., 51° 44’ W., 56 fms, sand, shells (Ing. & Glad,

60 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Exp. '*s 1871) 1 sp., d. 6 (var. 1b). — Dio, 45° 53’ N., 51° 56’ W., 50 fms, stones,
shells (1°/s 1871) many sps, max. h. 8; ap. 4; d. 9.8; wh. 5 '.

Variation of the shell and the radula.

General remarks. As to form, the shell varies in two ways: 1) towards an ele-
vated shape and, 2) towards a more or less depressed one. As to sculpture the follow-
ing stages may be distinguished: a) the normal sculpture, composed of rather
coarse, flattened keels, abruptly truncated in their upper margin by a spiral im-
pression; b) a coarser sculpture, derived from the latter by means of an additional
shallow furrow on the keels, through which these are given a definite lower margin;
c) a finer sculpture, derived from the first by an extreme depression of the keels,
so that at last only fine strie remain, which may in extreme cases wholly disappear.

4=5 | 6-7 | 9-10 |

| Norway, limits he | max. 10 (Finmark) |
| of variation, ap. | 22-32 | 3—42 41-56 5 |
| 60 sps d. | 4.5—6.7 | 6.18.9 | 8.8—I2 | 10.5 |
| measured wh. | 44 /o—5'/4 | 64 /1—5 4/4 6 — 64/2 | 6!/2 |

The sculpture characteristic of Norwegian shells is the coarser spiral liration
b); and often short longitudinal folds appear at the suture of the shells (M. undulata
SOWERBY). Sometimes, however, the shell is entirely smooth and either of a conical
shape (var. levior JEFFREYS), e. g. from Bergen, or depressed like var. umbilicalis,
e. g. specimen from Bejan and Bodybet.

Iceland. All these specimens belong to the variety 1 b, agree wholly with the
Norwegian forma undulata, and fall within the same limits of formal variation. The
maximal size is greater here than in Norway. Smooth specimens also occur, be-
longing to the conical var. levior, but var. umbilicalis is not represented in the
collections.

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula. These specimens agree with the Norwegian
form 1b; no examples of var. umbilicalis have been found.

Kara Sea. Leche’s M. groenlandica var. rudis Mörch is like the Norwegian
shell, but somewhat lower than the specimens from Finmark, similar to the typical
form of Spitzbergen and Greenland; besides this occur varieties 2 a—2 c (var. levigata).

| Spitzbergen, h. | 4—5 | 6-7 | 9—10 | 13—14 | 18—19 Bl ls E00)
| limits of variation; ap. | 2.3—3.5 | 3.7—4.8 5—6.3 | 6.5—8.8 9—10.5| 10 9.5 |
| 130 sps measured d.| 5—7 | 7.5—10 110.3—13 3,14.5—18 | 19—22.4| 19.8 22.4
| wh. | 4h—5 5—51/2 | 5'/s—5 9/4 | 51/2—63/s | 61/1 69/4 | 63/4 61/4

For a few specimens the measurements fall out of these limits. Such forms
are either extraordinarily low or exceptionally high. In the latter case they agree
entirely with the shells from Finmark or fall out of the limits of their variation (e.
g. specimens from Virgo’s harbour: h, 15.3; ap. 7.4; d. 16; wh. 6°. (var. 2 c). Greatly

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, w:o 1. 61

elevated shells of coarse sculpture occur at Hackluyts Headland and in Stor Fiord,
at the first named locality mixed with transitions to var. 2 a.

if

Greenland, h. | 4-5 6—7 | 9-10 | 13—14 | max. 18.5 (64° 56! N.)
| limits of variation; ap. | 2.5—3.6 3—5.3 | 4.2—6.8 | 6.3—8.7 10.5
| 130 sps measured d. | 5—6 6.4—10.8 9.3—14 | 13—18.5| 24
| wh. | 4/1—5 5—5!/2 | Btp—6 | 6—6/2 7

Two extreme forms may be distinguished, forma typica and var. umbilicalis,
which are connected by series of intermediate forms. Forma typica is more elevated,
usually sculptured in accordance with a) or b) (see above), though coarsely sculptur-
ed forms, similar to the Norwegian shells, are more rare. Var. umbilicalis is usually
smooth or feebly sculptured; in young specimens, as also in the upper whorls of the
older ones, a coarser sculpture always appears. Specimens of var. umbilicalis from
Kast Greenland, described by Hagg, 1905, are strongly sculptured. Form and sculpture
are not in reciprocal relation to each other, though in high shells the sculpture is
usually more distinct, in lower ones more feeble, yet all combinations of form and
sculpture occur.

Newfoundland. These shells are similar to the Norwegian form, but are com-
paratively more depressed; they also resemble specimens from Greenland.

Variation of the radula: The number of median teeth is constantly 6 on each
side and an incomplete lateral tooth always occurs outside of them. This number is
present even in very young specimens (cfr Pl. 6 fig. 20). The number of lamelle
varies between 70 (fig. 16, Julianehaab) and about 100 (fig. 17, Berufjord), the average
being about 90. In young specimens a lesser number occur e. g. 50 (fig. 20). The
rhachian tooth may be of a more quadrangular shape, more or less dilated, but these
characters pass over into one another, and no rules for correspondence with the
shell characters are possible of establishment. Var. umbilicalis varies in this respect
similarly to forma typica.

General Distribution:

Norway: arctic region (h. 15; d. 14; G. O. Sars 1878; Schneider 1881, 1885,
1891, 1894; Aurivillius 1886; Bidenkap 1897; Norman 1902); west coast (Friele 1874;
Lilljeborg 1851; Metzger 1875, 0—20 fms; Nordgaard 1907); Norwegian Sea (Friele
1901). — British Islands (Jeffreys 1865); North Channel (Jeffreys 1883). — Between
Shetland and Faroe Isles, 93—150 m (Simpson 1910). — Faroes, 650 fms (Mörch
1868; Jeffreys 1883). — Iceland (Mörch 1868"; Verkriizen 1872; Johansen 1902). —
Jan Mayen, 30 fms (Friele 1878). — Murman Coast, White Sea, Nova Zembla; Kara
Sea (Herzenstein 1893, Dautzenberg 1911). — Russian Lapland (Middendorff 1849), —
Barent Sea, 25 fms (D’ Urban 1880); D:o, 150—170 m (+ var. umbilicalis, 66—194 m; Kni-
powitsch 1901*). — Kara Sea, 5—60 fms (Leche 1878; Collin 1887). — Franz-Josef Land,
26—110 m (Knipowitsch 1901*; Melvill & Standen 1900). — Spitzbergen, to 98 m (Kni-

62 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

powitsch 1901”, 1902, d. 19.5); Krause 1902, d. 18.5, var. umbilicalis; type only on
the west coast, Prince Charles Foreland, d. 12.5; Friele 1878 and 1886). — Jan Mayen
(Friele 1878). — E. Greenland (Dall 1886; Hagg 1905). — W. Greenland to 160 fms
(Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Grinnel Land, 82° 29' N. (Smith 1877). — Jones Sound
and North Devon, 4--60 m (var. wmbilicalis, d. 20.5, Grieg 1909). — Parry Islands,
type and var. wmbilicalis (Sutherland 1852). — Cumberland Sound (var. umbilicalis,
d. 22.3, Pfeffer 1886). — Northumberland Sound (var. wmbilicalis, Reeve 1855). —
East Canada (Whiteaves 1901). — New England (Gould & Binney 1870). Depths
to 160 fms. Stones, sand, alge, clay.

Margarita cinerea (Couruouy 1839)
(incl. var. striata BRODERIP & SOWERBY).
Pl. 4 figs. 23—37; Pl. 5 figs. 1—5; Pl. 7 figs. 1—4.

Habitat:
West coast of Norway: Dröbak, Stormeja, 60 fms (Lovén & Torell) 1 sp., h.

5.3; ap. 2.4; d. 6.2; wh. 5; spiral keels 2 primary + 3 secondary; angular and um-
bilical keel as well as longitudinal plications strong. — Tromsö, 20 fms (Goés &
Malmgren) 1 sh.; Kalfjord, 50 fms (G. & M.) 2 shs, max. h. 7.2; Kvalsund, 20 fms,
rocks (G. & M. 1861) 1 sp., h. 12.1; ap. 6; d. 11.5 (angular keel feeble; many spiral
keels, base with coarse spirals), Fig. 31; Grötsund, 5—80 fms, clay (G. & M. 1861)
6 sps, max. h. 9.6; ap. 4.5; d. 9.8; wh. 6; 2 primary spiral keel on the 4th, 1 on
the first wh., Fig. 5; Ulfsfjord, 25—50 fms (G. & M. '%ıo 1861) 12 sps, max. h. 13.2;
ap. 6.1; d. 12.3; wh. 7; 2 primary spiral riblets on the 4th wh.; on the upper wh.
3 primary and 4 secondary riblets; angular and umbilical keels strong; base flattened
or somewhat convex, with or without strie; longitudinal lines well defined; Kjosen,
25—40 fms, clay (G. & M. 1861) 19 sps, max. h. 12; ap. 5.2; d. 11.7; wh. 6; Karlsö,
low water (°/5 1861) 1 sp.

Finmark, without definite locality (Sparre Schneider) a few sps, max. h. 12.1;
ap. 5.8; d. 11.4; wh. 67/s, Fig. 3; D:o (Lovén) 7 sps, max. h. 8.3; ap. 4.054.835
wh. 5°, Fig. 4. — Hammerfest, 60—100 fms, sand, shells, 5 shs. — Kveenangen,
15—60 fms (Cleve) 9 sps, max. 1. 8.6; d. 7.6 (Mus. U.).

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula: Jeretik, 11 fms (Herzenstein 1887) 1 sh.,
h. 7.5. — Subowski, 14 fms, sand (Sandeberg ° 1877) 2 sps, max. h. 7.7; ap. 3.6;
d. 7.9; wh. 5°. — Waidaguba, 1 .mile off the coast (Sandeberg °°/s 1877) 4 shs,
max. h. 8.5; ap. 4.8; d. 8.7; wh. 6.

W. of Nova Zembla: 73° 21’ 34" N., 53° 20' E., 30 fms (Knipowitsch 1893) 2 sps,
max. h. 21.7; ap. 10; d. 21; wh. 6%, var. striata. — Kostin sharr (LECHE 1878),
sculpture: on the upper part of the whorls 5 equally strong keels, on the base finer
ones; no angular and an obsolete umbilical keel; max. h, 17; ap. 8; d. 16.5 (—Leche’s
var. multilirata Mörch), Fig. 36,

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 63

Kara Sea (LecHe 1878). Matotschkin sharr, 2 sps, form a transition between
var. striata and the type by having keels alternating in strength and a distinct um-
bilical (but an obsolete angular) keel; max. h. 15; ap. 7; d. 14.6; wh 6%/s.

North of Siberia and Behring Sea (AurıviırLıus 1887). These specimens belong
to var. striata; forma typica is not obtained. Max. h. 25; ap. 12.5; d. 26; wh. 7.
(St. 1068), Fig. 2.

Spitzbergen, West coast: Horn Sound, 40—60 fms, stones, clay (Torell 1861 and
1864) 10 sps (type, Fig. 37) and 7 shs (striata), max. h. (type) 12.8; ap. 5.8; d. 12;
wh. 6'/2; angular and a feeble umbilical keel present; 1 stronger spiral keel on the
whorls; base mostly striated; var. striata, max. h. 21.5; Horn Sound Islands, 30—48
fms, stones, clay (1864) 1 sp. (striata). — Bel Sound, 7-8 fms, stones alg (Torell
1858) 1 sp., h. 8.2 (striata); D:o, 5—12 fms, morainic clay (Torell 1858) 1 sp,, h. 7;
1 sh., h. 10.5 (striata); D:o 30 fms, fine clay (Torell) 1 sp., h. 14.1; ap. 7 (transition
form; sculpture of alternating coarse and fine ribs). — Recherche Bay, close by Fox
Glacier, 90 m, stones (*/7 1898) 1 sh., h. 6; (striata); D:o, 40 m, blackish gray clay,
sand, pebbles (°, 1898) 1 sh., h. 19 (striata). -- Skans Bay, 15 fms, clay (°°,: 1873),
4 sps, max. h. 21; ap. 10.6; d. 21.5; wh. 6° (forma typica). — Ice Fiord; without
definite locality, 10—20 fms, clay with stones (1861) 1 sp., h. 7.8 + 1 sh., h. 17.5
(striata); D:o, Safe Bay, 30—50 fms, fine bluish clay (°'/s 1864) 1 sp. h., 11; (striata)
with 11 spiral ribs and an angular keel); D:o, Advent Bay, 25—30 fms (!/s 1868)
1 sp.; h. 5 (striata). — English Bay, 60 fms, clay, stones (1861); 3 sps, max. h. 10
(striata). — Kings Bay, 40—60 fms, clay, stones (1861); 1 sp. +2 shs (typica). —
Kings and Cross Bay (1861) 4 shs, max. h. 11 (typica). — Cross Bay, 30--200 fms,
clay (1861) ca 10 sps, max. h. 15; ap. 7; d. 14.2; wh. 67/4 (typica). — Seven Ice
Mountains, 30 fms, stones (Torell), 9 sps, max. h. 10.1; ap. 5.8; d. 11.2; wh. 5'/s
(striata); some young sps, (h. 3.3; d. 4) have 2 or 3 stronger ridges. — Magdalena
Bay, 20 fms, sand (Torell) 1 sp. (striata). — Danes Gat, 7—10 fms, stones, algee
(”'/ 1868) 1 sp., h. 10 (striata).

Spitzbergen, North coast: Smeerenburg Bay, 20—30 fms, sand, stones (1861)
2 sps, max. h. 15; ap. 7; d. 15; wh. 61/2 (striata); D:o, 90—110 fms, stones, clay
(1861) 4 shs, max. h. 18.2; ap. 8.6; d. 18.1; wh. 6'/2 (striata). — Foul Bay, 50 fms,
clay, sand ('”/s 1864) 1 sp., h. 11.5 (striata). — Fairhaven, 30-50 fms, clay (1864),
1 sh., h. 12 (typica); D:o, 10—30 fms, sand, clay (1872) 15 sps, max. h. 14 (tran-
sition form with angular and umbilical keel; spiral keel 8—10 of alternating strength);
D:o, 10—15 fms, clay (*’/s 1872) 5 sps, max. h. 9.1; ap. 5; d. 10.5; wh. 5%. (typica).
— Norwegian Islands, 10 fms, clay (°°/s 1872) 1 sh., h. 4 (typica); D:o, 15—20 fms,
sand, clay (1872) 15 sps, max. h. 12.2; ap. 6.3; d. 13.2; wh. 6 (typica). — Red Bay,
30—40 fms, clay (1861) 1 sp. (typica). — Liefde Bay, 5 fms, clay, alge (*/» 1868) 2
sps, max. h. 9.5 (striata), Fig. 32; D:o, 10—-30 fms, clay (1868) 1 sh., h. 10.2; ap.
5.5; d. 11.4; wh. 5°/ (striata; umbilicus wide, surrounded by a few spiral cords;
base rounded, with a feeble angular keel; whorls with 9 ribs). — Off Vertegen Hook,
100 fms (*/; 1873) 1 sp., juv. — Treurenburg Bay, 6—45 fms, stones, sand, clay
(1861) many sps, max. h. 21.4 (striata), Fig. 1. — Off Hekla Cove, 14 fms, clay (*/;

64 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

1873) 1 sh., h. 20.5 (striata). — Lomme Bay, 5—15 fms, alge, stones, clay (/, 1868)
2 sps, max. h. 15.6 (striata), D:o, 2535 fms, clay, stones (°/> 1868) 3 sps, max. h.
18.3 (striata). — Loven’s Mount, 36 fms, clay with stones ("/s 1868) 3 sps max. h.
6.3; d. 7.5; wh. 5 (typica), — Hinlopen Strait, 10--25 fms, stones, clay (1861) 7 sps,
max. h. 18 (var. striata); D:o 15--20 fms, clay with stones (1861) 2 sps, max. h.
16 (striata). Shoal Point, 20—30 fms, clay (1861) 3 sps, max. h. 20 (striata). -—
Castrén’s Islands, 30—40 fms, clay, stones, 1 sp., h. 7.4 (striata), — Parry Island
(1868) 2 sps, max. h. 5.1; ap. 3; d. 5.8; wh. 4'% (type?).

Spitzbergen, East coast: King Charles Land, Swedish Foreland, 12—-20 m, fine
blackish gray clay (*s 1898) 2 sps, max. h. 17; d. 19 (striata); D:o, Bremer Sound,
100--110 m, fine clay with big stones, Biloculina sparse; bottom temp. — 1.45° (®/s
1898) 9 sps, max. h. 14.4; ap. 7; d. 14.2; wh. 6 (striata: many fine umbilical cords;
angular keel feeble; 10 spiral keels on the whorls; sutures deep). — Walter Thymen
Strait, the mouth, 30—40 fms (1864) 1 sp., h. 20; ap. 11; d. 20; wh. 6'/s (striata).

Stor Fiord, 5—10 fms, clay (°*/s 1864) 10 sps, max. h. 19 (striata); D:o, 4—7
fms, fine clay (””/s 1864) 3 sps, max. h. 10; ap. 4.5; d. 9.1; wh. 6 (typical; with an
angular keel and 1 coarser spiral ridge). — Whalers Point, 20—30 fms, clay (',
1864) 5 sps, max. h. 17; ap. 9; d. 19; wh. 6 (umbilicus wide without surrounding
keel; no angular keel; striata).

Iceland (ODHNER 1910). Measurements: Berufjord, forma typica, max. h. 12.3;
ap. 5.5; d. 11.1; wh. 7 (spiral ribs 8, of which 2 stronger; angular keel feeble; um-
bilical keel strong; base convex, with strong cords; Fig. 33). — Hofsas, h. 12; ap.
5.6; d. 11.2; wh. 61/2 (10 ribs; base convex with dense feeble cords; no angular or
umbilical keel). — Bjarnanes, h. 12.2; ap. 7; d. 13.8; wh. 5°/ (ribs 6 of which 3
somewhat stronger; no angular keel; umbilical keel rather feeble; base flat, nearly
smooth). Berufjord, var. striata, h. 20; ap. 10; d. 21.8; wh. 6°/, no angular and
a feeble umbilical keel; spiral keels 4, of equal strength (fig. 35).

West Greenland (Possett & JENSEN 1899). Further: Cape Dudley Digges, 30
—40 m, mud (E. Nilson °/ 1894) 1 young sp., h. 2.5 (type). — 72°8'N., 74° 28' W.,
30—80 m, hard mud (E. Nilson "/s 1894) 3 sps, max. h. 15; ap. 7.2; d. 14.7; wh.
6° (striata; no trace of the umbilical keel; umbilicus wide and surrounded by many
fine cords; spiral sculpture disappearing on the last whorl). — Measurements: Omenak,
h. 8.2; ap. 3.8; d. 8.8, wh. 5/2 (grandis). — Proven, h. 14; ap. 7; d. 15; wh. 614 (forma
multilirata): 14 fine and dense ridges on the whorls, on the upper ones 2 primary
ridges; no angular nor umbilical keels (grandis), Fig. 30—34. — Godthaab, h. 11.5;
ap. 5; d. 10.5; wh. 6°. (forma typica): 3—6 (7) strong spiral keels on the whorls;
base smooth or strongly sculptured; angular keel strong; umbilical keel distinct or
sometimes replaced by a few feebler ones, Fig. 28. — Godhavn, h. 12; ap. 6; d.
ll.s; wh. 6, Fig. 29.

East Greenland (Hace 1905), Mackenzie Bay, max. h. 21; ap. 11.2; d. 21.5;
wh. 7 (striata). — Pendulum Islands, 2 sps, var. grandis, the one sp. with stronger
and unequal spiral keels and feeble angular and umbilical ones, the other sp. with
feebler spiral keels and no umbilical nor angular ones. — Scoresby Sound, Harry’s

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 65

Inlet, N. of NW. Fame Island, 23—25 m, hard clay ('/s 1899) 1 sp., d. 1.7; D:o,
Cape Steward, 1 km off the coast, 70° 27'N., 22° 35' W., 13—18 fms, clay, stones, alge
(°°; 1899), 4 sps, max. h. 2.6 (striata).

Newfoundland: 46° 56'N., 52° 28'W., 81 fms, sand (Ing. & Glad. Exp. "/, 1871)
many sps. These agree with the Greenland forma grandis by having many unequal
spiral keels (9 on the last whorl). One sp. is similar to var. striata, but it has a
wider umbilicus, an angular and an umbilical keel and alternating ribs; measurements:
h. 19.2; ap. 9; d. 19; wh. 7. In comparing this sp. with var. striata from Skans
Bay there is but a slight difference in the higher shell and the angular and umbili-
cal keels of the present form. — 46°5'N., 51°44’ W., 56 fms, sand, shells (Ing. &
Glad. Exp. '°%s 1871) 1 sh., h. 11.8; ap. 5.7; d. 12; wh. 6'« (spiral cords 10, of which
2 primary; base convex, coarsely ribbed; no angular keel; a rather strong umbilical
keel; type with characters of var. striata. — 45°59'N., 51° 49' W., 56 fms, sand (Ing.
& Glad. Exp. '°s 1871) 1 sh, h. 21; ap. 8.5; d. 18.4; wh. 71/2 (spiral keels 10 of
unequal strength; base convex, striated; no angular keel; a rather strong umbilical

keel).
Limits of formal variation:

Norway ; h. | 4—5 67 9—10 | 13—14 max. 13.2 (Ulfsfjord)
40 sps ap. 2—2.7 | 2.5—3.6 4—4.9 6.1 6.1
measured d. | 4.1—6 6—7.5 | 8.5—9.9 12.3 12.3

wh. | 4!/2—5 5 515—6 7 | 7
Spitzbergen ; h. 4—5 | 6—7 9316 13—14 | 18197 72122 max. 21.4 (Treurenburg Bay)
75 sps ap. | 25-3 | 82-45!) 42-6 | 58—8.1 | 82-104) 10.5 10.5
measured d.|49—6 | 6.6—83 | 9—11.8/12.5—15.9/17.5—20.5) 21.4 21.4

wh. ah | 5 | 5—6 | 5'fp—6!/2| 64/2 ee | 7
North of Siberia h. | 4—5 Den 13—14 | 18—19 24—25 max. 25 (Vega Exp.)
and Behring Sea; ap. | 23-3 |37—42 | 5—5.7 | 7.2—7.8 | 9.4—10 |11..—12.2) 12.2
averages of a. | 49-6 | 7-82 |lo2—11.5/145—15.6| 19-20] 26 | 26
variation — wh. | 4% 4%, | 5% | 6 | op ie 7
Iceland; h. 4—5 6-—7 | 9—10 12—13 | max.: type 12.8 (»Iceland») striata 20 (Berufjord)

type type striata type striata type striata |

50 sps ap. | 2.1-2.9 | 3.1—3.9 | 36-41 | 4-5 | 5.5--6 | 5.2—6.2 | 7—1.5 | 6.2 10
measured d. | 43—5.7 | 6—7.3] 7—8 | 8.5—10 |10.5—11.5/10.8—12.2/13.4—14.1| 11.6 21.8
ite er wh. | 41/a—5 5—5tf2| 4'/2o—5 | 6—67/2 | _ Cea | 53/4 | 6! /2 6/2
West Greenland ; h. | 4—5 6—7 9—10 13—14 | max. 14.2 (Kekertak)
95 sps ap. | 2-3 | 27-41 | 34-6 | 5.5—7.8 | 8
measured d. | 4.2—5.8 | 5.9—8 Ses) 12 15.5 16

wh. | 4'fo—5 5—5!/2 | 5’ —6 Jabout 6'/ı| 6

An examination of the sculpture shows that two extreme forms of this species
may be distinguished from one another, the typical M. cinerea of Couthouy and M.
striata of Broderip & Sowerby. The first is characterised by having from 4 to 6
prominent spiral ridges, alternating with smaller ones; only one prominent keel ap-
pears on the apical whorls; both an angular and an umbilical keel are generally pre-
sent; the base is flattened, smooth or finely striated. A form of a considerable height
K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl, Bd 48. N:o 1. 9

66 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

and with a more rounded base (indistinct angular keel) has been described by G. O.
Sars (1878) as var. grandis Mörch, but it is not identical with that form. In the
other extreme variety of the present species, var. striata Brod. & Sow., the spiral
ridges are of a uniform prominence, and about 5—8 in number; on the apical whorls
2 or more equally prominent ridges appear simultaneously; there are no prominent
angular or umbilical keels; the base is more or less rounded and finely or coarsely
sculptured. To this form belongs var. grandis forma multilirata Mörch (Pl. 4 fig. 34),
which seems to be very nearly allied to the type of Broderip & Sowerby, because
of its great number of spiral ridges (about 8 in Sowerby’s fig. 3) and its regularly
rounded base. But in var. striata the base is nearly smooth (cfr Gould & Binney
1870), while in forma multilirata it is coarsely sculptured. The typical var. grandis
Morch is figured on Pl. 4 fig. 33 and Pl. 5 figs. 1—2; the specimens figured have
been compared with Mörch’s originals in Copenhagen and are absolutely identical.
To this form belongs M. cinerea forma typica of Sars 1878 and var. margaritifera
Friele 1886. Sars has confused the type and var. grandis, but he gives the latter
as a synonym of var. striata; Aurivillius (1887), Collin (1887) and Knipowitsch
(1901) also consider them as identical. Posselt & Jensen (1899) say that M. striata
is more coarsely spirally sculptured than Morch’s grandis; this agrees with my state-
ment above, that M. striata is most closely allied to Mörch’s forma multilirata.
Friele (1886) makes the following statement: »Whether M. cinerea var. grandis Mörch
is identical with the present species (M. striata Brod. & Sow.) | am unable to de-
finitely say, but the M. cinerea var. striata illustrated by Sars, in Moll. reg. Arct.
Pl. XXIV fig. 4 is not M. striata Brod. & Sow.» .

I have studied the sculpture in different forms and found the following condi-
tions as to the appearance of sculpture in earlier stages: In the typical form (M.
cinerea Couthouy as above defined) from Greenland and Finmark, 1 strongly marked
spiral ridge appears on the 2nd or 3rd whorl accompanied further on, on the 4th or
5th whorl, by a few fainter ones. The strongly marked ridge may be somewhat
feebler and the fainter ones may even appear on the 3rd whorl. In forma multilirata
from Proven 1 strongly marked ridge appears on the 2nd whorl and some feebler
ones on the 8rd. In var. grandis from Spitzbergen 2 or more comparatively faint
lire appear simultaneously on the 38rd whorl, but a very feeble trace of a keel may
be visible even on the 2nd whorl. One of the earlier lire may be more strongly
marked (Kara Sea). Confer further the notes of sculpture given in several cases
above.

In regard to all the formal and sculptural characters, all transitional forms
occur between forma typica and var. grandis Mörch, represented in one case by
forma multilirata and striata, in the other by var. grandis Sars and the form from
Kara Sea. On this account I consider all these forms as varieties of the same
species and not, as Friele (1886) does, as distinct species, though the extreme forms
might be considered to favour such an opinion.

Variation of the radula: Like the sculpture, the radula also exhibits two differ-
ent types. In certain forms the rhachian teeth are much dilated towards the sides,

KUNGL SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 67

being as broad as they are long with bases circularly rounded and broad necks under
the apices, densely and finely denticulated (8—14 denticles on each side) and with
a broadly rounded central cusp. Specimens of this type agree in sculpture with var.
grandis and striata. In the second type the rhachian teeth are usually more elon-
gated, with their sides irregularly rounded, a comparatively narrow neck, stronger
and fewer denticles (5—7 on each side) and an acute or subacute central cusp. These
belong to the type; the teeth of forma multilirata (Pl. 7, fig. 1 g, h) agree for
the most part with the first-named form.

General Distribution:

Norway: Finmark to Lofoten, 10—100 fms (d. 11, G. O. Sars 1878; Schneider
1881; 1885, d. 12.5; 1891, 1894; Aurivillius 1886; Bidenkap 1897; Norman 1902, to
125 fms); Bergen, Florö (Friele 1876). — Murman Coast, White Sea, Nova Zembla,
Arctic Ocean N. of Siberia (Herzenstein 1893). — Kara Sea, 5—60 fms, type and
var. grandis (Leche 1878; Collin 1887). — Barent Sea, type, 80 m, and var. grandis,
95—211 m; Franz-Josef Land, 1—110 m (D’Urban 1880, Knipowitsch 1901*, Melvill
& Standen 1900). — Spitzbergen, 10—60 fms, type? and var. striata (Mörch 1869;
Krause 1892; Friele 1879, 1886, d. 18; Knipowitsch 1901°, 1902). — W. of Norway,
350 fms, var. margaritifera (Friele 1886). — Iceland, type and var. striata (Mörch
1869*, Verkriizen 1872; Odhner 1910). — W. of Ireland, 173 fms, dead sh. (Jeffreys
1883). — East Greenland, type and var. grandis, 3—300 m, d. 21.1 (Hägg 1905). —
West Greenland to 300 fms, type and var. grandis (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Grin-
nel Land (Smith 1877). — North Devon, 35 m, d. 15.5, var. striata (Grieg 1909). —
East Canada, 10—100 fms, h. 18; type and var. grandis (Whiteaves 1901). — New
England (Gould & Binney 1870); Cape Cod, 41 fms (Verrill 1883). — Mexico (Jeffreys
1869). — Behring Sea and Alaska, type, var. grandis and striata (Dall 1875, 1885;
Crosse 1877; Krause 1885). Depths to 350 fms. Clay, sand, stones, alge.

Margarita Vahlii MÖLLER 1842.
Pl. 3 figs. 35—40; Pl. 6 figs. 67.

Habitat:

Spitzbergen: Bel Sound, 30—40 fms, stones, zoophytes (Torell 1861) 40 sps,
max. h. 2.5; ap. 1.5; d. 2,8, Figs. 36, 37. — Amsterdam Island, 12 fms, stones (1861)
3 sps, max. h. 2.5; ap. 1.4; d. 2.6. — Danes Gat, Virgo’s harbour (°°/s 1898) 2 sps,
max. h. 3.3; ap. 1.8; d. 3.3, Fig. 39. — 80° N., 13° E., 20 fms (7/6 1861) 2 sps, max.
h. 2.4; ap. 1.4; d. 2.6—2.8. — Vertegen Hook, 80° 10'N., 17° E., 45 fms, stones (1861)
1 sp., h. 1.5. — Off Hekla Cove, 14 fms, clay (*/: 1873) 2 sps, max. h. 2.5; ap. 1.4;
d. 3. — Shoal Point, 30 fms, clay (!’ 1861) 2 sps, max. h. 2.9; ap. 1.7; d. 3,
Fig. 35. — Hinlopen Strait, 79° 45' N., 20° E., 50 fms, fine reddish clay (°/s
1861) 1 sp., max. h. 2.3. — Loven’s Mount, 36 fms, clay with stones (''»

68 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

1868) 1 sp., h. 2.7. — Waygat Islands, 60 fms, clay (1861) 4 sps, max. h. 2.5, —
King Charles Land, 78° 50' N., 27° 39 E., 20 m, fine reddish yellow clay, bottom
temp. + 0.2° ('7/s 1898) 1 sp., h. 2.7; ap. 1.5; d. 3.1. — D:o, Bremer Sound, 100—110
m, fine clay with big stones, Biloculina sparse, bottom temp. —1.45° (*/s 1898) 4 sps,
max. h. 2.1. — D:o, Swedish Foreland, 10—16 m, fine blackish-gray sand, stones,
clay, alge (°/s 1898) 3 sps, max. h. 2.8.

Iceland (ODHNER 1910). Dimensions: Ofjord, h. 3; ap. 1.5; d. 3; wh. 5,
Fig. 38.

Greenland (PosseLt & JENSEN 1899). Dimensions: Pröven, h. 4.3; ap. 2.2;
d. 4.3; wh. 4°, Fig. 40. — Upernivik, h. 3; ap. 1.5; d. 3.2. — Further: Kingitok,
73° 17 N., 56° 10° W., 27 m, hard stony bottom (E. Nilson !% 1894) 1 sp., d. 1.9.
— Cape Dudley Digges, 30—40 m, mud (E. Nilson °/; 1894) 10 sps, max. d. 3.

Variation of the radula (cfr. Pl. 6 fig. 6): This — like the shell — is very
constant for different districts, being of the formula 40—50.0.5.1.5.0.40—50.
There is no transitory lateral tooth. The central and outer median teeth are fur-
nished with about 6 strong denticles on either side. The tooth outside the 5th me-
dian one differs from the others by having comb-like denticulation restrieted to
its outer margin. Its denticles are denser, finer and blunter than those of the median
teeth, in this respect agreeing with the outmost teeth or lamelle, to which it there-
fore must be reckoned. On the 6 first of these a denticulation is evident, but on the
following it disappears. The outermost lamelle are very long and pin-shaped.

In its form this radula shows agreement with Margarita in its great number
of median teeth and lamelle, but differs from the latter by the denticulation of the
lamelle occuring only in their outer margin and by the absence of a lateral tooth
mediating between lamelle and median teeth.

General Distribution:

xreenland to 300 fms (Posselt & Jensen 1899). — Iceland (Odhner 1910). —-
Spitzbergen, Norwegian Islands, 115-146 fms (Friele 1879); Stor Fiord, 20 m (Kni-
powitsch 1901*), — White Sea (Herzenstein 1893). — Parry Islands (Sutherland 1852).
— Behring Sea (Krause 1885). Puget’s Sound (Carpenter 1864). Depths 10—300
fms. Sand, stones, clay, alge.

Solariella levis FRIELE 1886.

Distribution: North Atlantic, W. of Norway, 300—350 fms, Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition St.
124 and 173 b (Friele 1886).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 69

Solariella varicosa (Micghmts & AbAms 1842).
Pl. 5 figs. 6—14; Pl. 7 figs. 5—6.

Habitat:

Finmark—Kola Peninsula: Varangerfjord (Nylander & Gadd) 1 sh., h. 9.3; ap.
4.5; d. 8.8; wh. 6. — Vadsö (Sparre Schneider) many sps, max. h. 8.4; ap. 4; d. 7.7; wh.
6'/%, Fig. 7. — Kildin Island, Murman Coast, 5-10 fms (Herzenstein 1887) 3 sps,
max. h. 7.5; ap. 4; d. 7.6, Fig. 8. — Litza, Kola (Sandeberg °/s 1877) 4 sps, max.
h. 8.5; ap. 4.4; d. 9. — Waidaguba (Sandeberg **/s 1877) 3 sps, max. h. 7.2; ap.
3.9: d. 7.2; Fig. 10. — Teriberki Fiord, 20 fms (Sandeberg *'/s 1877) 1 sp., h. 5.2;
ap. 3.3; d. 5; wh. 5. — Subowski, 14 fms, sand (Sandeberg °/o 1877) 3 sps, max. h.
M2 ap. a8: d. 7.2, Fig. 6.

Kara Sea (LecHe 1878, M. elegantissima). Dimensions: Cape Grebeni, max. h.
9; ap. 4.4; d. 8.5; wh. 6, Fig. 9. — Korepowskoi, fossil, max. h. 11; ap. 5; d. 11.2.
— Matotschkin sharr, max. h. 8; ap. 4.5; d. 8.1, Fig. 12.

Behring Sea (AURIVILLIUS 1887), 1 sp. (Vega Exp. Nr. 1075), h. 7.6; ap. 3.9;
ANTAS.

Spitzbergen: Ice Fiord, 18 fms, clay with stones (1861), 1 sp., h. 9.5; ap. 5.8;
d. 10.5 (aberrant form with feeble umbilical spiral keels and with sharp, impressed
spiral strie). — Amsterdam Island, 25 fms, mud (1861) 2 sps, max, d. 5.3. — Hack-
luyts Headland, 18—20 fms (1861) 2 sps, max. d. 8.9, Fig. 14. — Red Bay (1861)
1 sp., d. 10. — Off Mossel Bay, 12 fms, sand ('°/1 1873) 7 sps, max. d. 11.8; Mossel
Bay, 2—30 fms, sand, clay, shells, alge, Lithohamnium (1872—73), numerous sps,
max. h. 11.6; ap. 6.2; d. 12.4; wh. 5'/2 (3 feeble umbilical keels). — Treurenburg
Bay, 30 fms, stones with clay ('”/s 1861) 2 sps, max. d. 3.2; D:o, 6—30 ims, clay,
sand (°°/s 1861) 70 sps, max. d. 11 (umbilical keels 2—3), Fig. 13. — Hinlopen Strait,
80° N., 17° 5° E., 10—25 fms, stones (1861) 14 sps, max. d. 12. — Low Island, 80° 20’
N., 18° 5 E., 16 fms, stones (?’/ 1861) 1 sh., d. 6.7.

North Atlantic: 52° 5’ N., 52° 19° W., 161 fms, clay mixed with sand (Lindahl
"/s 1871) 1 fragment of a large shell. — 49° 41’ N., 52° 9° W., 188 fms, greenish
clay (Lindahl '’/s 1871) 4 shs of a fresh appearance, max. h. 4.6; ap. 2.5; d. 5.

Newfoundland Bank: 46° 5’ N., 51° 44 W., 56 fms, sand, shells (Lindahl '*/s
1871) 3 sps, max. h. 8; ap. 4.2; d. 7.9, Fig. 11.

Limits of formal variation:

Spitzbergen ; h. | 4—5 6—7 8—9 | 9—10 | 11—12 | max. 11.6 (Mossel Bay)
60 sps ap. | 2—3 3.3—4.2 | 4.2—5.1 | 4.5—5.4 5—6.4 6.2
measured d. | 3.7—5.4 | 5.9—7.6 | 7.9—9.9 | 8.9—11 |11.2—12.4 12.4

wh 4 5 6 about 6 >6 >6

In sculpture the Spitzbergian form varies somewhat, the spiral keels of the angular
and the umbilical regions of the shell being more distinct in young shells than in older ones ;

70 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

the umbilical keels are 2 in number, but a feebler intermedial one may occur; sometimes
the keels show a tendency to bipartition by the presence of impressed lines; in general
a few feeble angular keels occur, one sometimes stronger than the rest; sometimes
all angular keels are obsolete and the angular portion is only striated.

Norway kere Sea; h. 4—5 | 6—7 | 8—9

| | max. 9.3 (Varangerfjord)
| 25 sps ap. | 2.2—3 | 3.2—3.8 | 3.6—5 | 4.5
| measured d. 4—5.2 | 5.7—7.2 | 7.4—9.4 | 8.8
| wh. | 4—41/2 | 5 | 664) | >6

Norway: The limits of formal variation fall lower here than in the Spitzbergian
form. The specimens have therefore a more conical shape and are never depressed.
2—3 umbilical keels and feeble angular keels or striz are present. — Kara Sea: The
individuals here show a resemblance partly to the Spitzbergian and partly to the
more elevated Norwegian form. The fossil specimens are of greater dimensions than
the living ones.

Variation of the radula: The number of lamelle is somewhat varying. Usually
there are 9 on each side (Treurenburg Bay; d. 9.5; Newfoundland Bank, d. 7.9; Kil-
din Island, d. 7.6); larger specimens, however, have more lamelle, e. g. 12 (Treuren-
burg Bay, d. 12), smaller ones less, 7—8 (Treurenburg Bay, d. 2.7 and d. 4.8). Some-
times the lamelle show irregular traces of dentition, but usually they are smooth.

General Distribution:

Norway: Vadsö, 10—100 fms (h. 11, G. O. Sars 1878; Schneider 1894); Bog-
fjord (Norman 1902); Varangerfjord, 20—380 m (De Guerne 1886). — Murman Coast,
White Sea, Nova Zembla and Kara Sea (Herzenstein 1893). — Barent Sea, 275 m (Kni-
powitsch 1901"); 62—168 fms (D’Urban 1880). — Kara Sea, 5—90 fms (h. 11, Leche
1878). — Spitzbergen, 9—100 m (Krause 1892; Knipowitsch 1901", 1902, h. 11; Hagg

1905). — Franz-Josef Land, 75 fms (Melvill & Standen 1900). — Behring Sea, 65
fms (Aurivillius 1887; Krause 1885). — Japan (Jeffreys 1876). — Eastern Canada, to
60 fms (Whiteaves 1901). — New England, rare (Gould & Binney 1870). — N. of

Hebrides, 170 fms (Jeffreys 1869). Depths to 380 m. Sand, stones, clay, alge.

Solariella obscura (CourHouy 1839)
(incl. §. albula Gouin, 8. bella VERKRÜZEN and other varieties).

Pleenstesaln 36 apa ano 920:

Habitat:

Norway: var. finmarchica (= Macheroplax obscura G. O. Sars 1878), Hasvig,
Finmark, 3 sps, Sars’ original, max. h. 4.4; ap. 1.8; d. 5.4; wh. 5, Figs. 35—36.
— Var. bella: Lofoten, 200—300 fms (M. Sars, det. as Adeorbis subcarinata), 3 sps,
max. h. 3.4; ap. 1.9; d. 3.9; wh. 4, Fig. 25. — Ulfsfjord (Goes & Malmgren) 1 sh.,

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:o 1. 71

h. 3.5; ap. 2; d 3.8; wh. 4. — Grötsund, 69° 50° N., 37° 25° E., 50—80 fms, clay,
stones (1861) 1 sp. + 2 shs, max. h. 5.7; ap. 2.7; d. 6.1; wh. 5 ', Figs. 26, 27. —
Kjosen, alge (7°10 1861) 1 sp., h. 3.8; ap. 2; d. 4.3; wh. 4. — Karlsö, N. of Tromsö,
ebb (Malmgren °/s 1861) 1 sp., h. 3.7; ap. 1.7; d. 4; wh. 5. — Finmark (Sparre
Schneider) 4 sps, max. h. 5.1; ap. 2.4; d. 5.4; wh. 4 °/s.

Murman Coast and Kola Peninsula: Kildin Island, 10.5—i7.5 m, sand (Herzen-
stein 1887) 2 sps + 1 sh., max. h. 7.3; ap. 4; d. 7.5; wh. 5 (var. albula). — Waida-
guba (Sandeberg '*/s 1877) ca 10 sps, max. h. 6.9; ap. 4; d. 8; wh. 5; and h. 5.2; ap.
3; d. 5.8; wh. 4 '/s (var. aibula with transition to var. intermedia), Fig. 20. — Subowski,
14 fms, sand (Sandeberg ° 1877) 5 sps, max. h. 7; ap. 4; d. 8.5; wh. 5 (var. albula).
— White Sea, Solowetskij Island (Knipowitsch 1891) 2 sps, h. 4.5; ap. 2.7; d. 5.6;
wh. 4°/4 and h. 4.1; ap. 2.3; d. 4.9; wh. 41/2 (transitions to S. bella in sculpture and
radula; longitudinal folds distinct; in the smaller sp. exists an umbilical keel, want-
ing in the larger one, spiral sculpture for the rest like that of var. albula; radula
8e42,41#22:./8)5 Pl 5 tig. 16; Pl.'7 fig. 17.

Kara Sea (LEcHE 1878), the type, var. cinereeformis and var. intermedia. Di-
mensions (Cape Grebeni, type): h. 6.7; ap. 3.7; d. 7.7; wh. 4/4, Fig. 16. — Max.
dimensions: W. of Nova Zembla (var. intermedia) h. 9.4; ap. 5.1; d. 10.4; wh. 5.

North of Siberia and Behring Sea (AurıvırLıus 1887),' type and var. albula.
Maximal dimensions (Vega Exp. N:o 1068): h. 9.4; ap. 5.1; d. 11.s, Fig. 19; Winter
harbour, Fig. 21. — Further: 2 miles N. of Vega’s winter harbour, 12 fms, sand
with stones (Vega Exp. 7°. 1879) 1 sp., h. 8.3; ap. 5; d. 10, Fig. 23.

Norway—Beeren Island, 72° 10' N., 20° 37' E., 200—230 fms, clay (°'/; 1868)
1 sp., h. 3.1; ap. 1.7; d. 3.6; wh. 47/2 (var. bella, but coarser sculptured than Nor-
wegian specimens, 3 strong keels surrounding the umbilicus and 1 occurring down in it).

Spitzbergen, the type: Recherche Bay, Bel Sound, between Reindeer Point and
Fox Glacier, 90 m, stones and fine grayish blue clay (*/ 1898) 1 sp., h. 7.5; ap. 4.7;
d. 9.7; wh. 5 (transition to var. intermedia through 1 feeble revolving ridge and many
fine strie). — Treurenburg Bay, 75° 55' N., 16° 30' E., 14—21 fms, clay (°7 1861)
7eeps, Naess; ap. La: ds 3: wh, 3*/s and h. 1.45 ap. I:cds 1.38; wh. 27/3; D:o, 30
fms, stones mixed with clay ('"/s 1861) 2 sps, max. h. 1.5; ap. 1.2; d. 2. — Var. in-
termedia: Norwegian Island, 7—20 fms, sand ("/s 1872) 2 sps, h. 6.5; ap. 4; d. 8.3;
wh. 4° and h. 5.3; ap. 3.6; d. 7; wh. 4'/2; differing from the typical var. inter-
media by sparser and sharper spiral lines; Fig. 17. — Var. finmarchica: Smeeren-
burg Bay, 90—110 fms, clay (1861) 1 sh., h. 3.3; ap. 2.2; d. 3.7; wh. 4. — Treuren-
burg Bay, 79° 55’ N., 16° 30° E., 14--21 fms, clay (7°/; 1861) 1 sh., h. 3.2; ap. 2.2; d. 3.6;
wh. 3 '/:. — Loven’s Mount, 36 fms, clay mixed with stones (''/s 1868) 1 sh., h. 3 ap. 2;
d. 3.5; wh. 3 */s. — Castrén’s Islands, 30—40 fms, clay, stones (?/ 1868) 1 sh., h. 2.4;
ap. 1.6; d. 2.8; wh. 37/4. — Var. bella: Off Ice Fiord, 120—140 fms, clay with stones
(*°/s 1868) 2 sps +1 sh., max. h. 3.7; ap. 1.9; d. 4.3; wh. 4'/ı (4 keels on the last
whorl, 2 more prominent and many feebler umbilical cords), Fig. 31.

! Margarita obscura var. albula from Vega St. 29, determined by Anrivillius, is M. groenlandica,
which confer.

V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

~I
bo

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES.

Iceland (OpHNER 1910), var. islandica. Dimensions: h. 4.5; ap. 2.9; d. 5.8;

wh. 4'/, Fig. 24.

N. W. Atlantic: 52° 25 N., 52° 12° W., 162 fms, loose clay mixed with sand
(Lindahl '/s 1871) 2 shs, max. h. 3.7; ap. 2.1; d. 5; wh. 47/s (var. bella). — 52° 5'
N., 52° 19’ W., 161 fms, clay, mixed with sand (Lindahl '”/s 1871) 1 sh., h. 5.7; ap.
3.2: 1d. ets wih: ?4 (type, resembling specimens from Kara Sea, without trace of
umbilical keel, but more depressed; determined by Posselt as M. groenlandica), Fig. 18.

West Greenland (not observed by Posselt): Julianehaab, 25 fms, clay, among
M. groenlandica (Amondsen Okt. 1861) 1 sh., h. 4.5; ap. 2.6; d. 5.6; wh. 4! (var. is-
landica). — Godthaab, 72 fms, sand, among M. cinerea (Amondsen July 1862) 1 sp.,

h. 4.7; ap. 2.3; d. 6; wh. 4'/s (var. bella), Fig. 34. — Davis Strait, 65° 11' 48" N.,
53° 33' 48" W., 48 fms, greenish clay (Lindahl '’/; 1871) 11 sps, max. h. 4.8; ap. 2.8;
d. 6.4; wh. 41/2 (var. multilirata, determined by Posselt as M. groenlandica), Fig.

28, 29, 30. — Umanak, 200 fms, clay, among M. cinerea (Amondsen 1862) 1 sp., h.
5.8; ap. 3; d. 7.1; wh. 5 (var. multilirata, untypical), Fig. 33. — Jakobshavn, 120
fms, clay mixed with sand (Oberg '*s 1870) 1 sh., h. 2.1; ap. 1.7; d. 2.9: wh. 4 (var.
multilirata, determined by Posselt as M. cinerea). — Godhavn, 10—40 fms, mud (®/s
1860) 1 sp., h. 5; ap. 2.5; d. 6; wh. 47/2 (var. multilirata, untypical with strong,
broadly rounded riblets), Fig. 32.

Fast Greenland: King Oscar’s Fiord, S. of Ruth’s Islands, ca 125 m, mud,
sand, pebbles (7*/s 1899) 1 sh., d. 1.9; wh. 3 (var. bella).

Newfoundland Bank, the type: 46° 5 N., 51° 44 W., 56 fms, sand, shells (Lin-
dahl '°%s 1871) 3 sps, max. h. 6.4; ap. 3.5; d. 8; wh. 5; on the whorls 1 upper,
stronger, and 3 lower finer revolving ridges; over the strong uppermost ridge there is
a trace of a finer one.

Variation of the shell:

Kola Peninsula, Spitzbergen, h. 4—5 5—6 6—7 7—8 8—9 | max. 9.4 (Vega N:o 1068)
Behring Sea etc.; ap. | 2.6—3.5 | 3—4 | 35—4.6 | 38—5.6 | 44-6 | 5.1 |
45 sps of forma typica d.| 5-68 | 5.6—7.6 | 65—8.9 | 7.4—11.5] 9-11.) 11.6

measured wh. | 4—4!J2 | 4" /4—5 Pore: | about 5 | >= >5 |

Specimens from Spitzbergen have, a smaller diameter-of the shell than those
] I g
from more eastern districts: their maximal dimensions are not so high (max. h. 7.5

etc., Recherche Bay).
' Norway and Spitzbergen; h. 2.5 | 3—4 | 4—5 5—6 max. 5.7 (Grötsund)
14 sps of var. bella ap. 15 | 1.5—21 | 1.8—2.4 | 2.5—2.8 | 2.7
measured d. 2.8 3.2—4.5 | 4.2—5.3 5—6.1 | 6.1
j u _ wh. 3 Be aa 43/4 about 5 | 5
Greenland; h. 2—3 aa | 4—5 5—6 max. 5.8 (Umanak)
14 sps of var. multilirata ap. | 1.3—2 | 1.8—2.3 | 22-29 | 25—3.5 3
measured d. | 2e—4 | 38—52|46—6.7| 6—8 | (leat
wh 3—31/ı | 31/2—4 | 4'/1—4'/2 | about 5 5

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. wo 1. 78

Sculptural variation: The sculpture of S. obscura is highly varied, but no dis-
tinct characters can be found by which the forms are separated from each other.
Transitional stages occur between most of the forms. The typical form has usually
an umbilical keel, but one specimen from the White Sea is destitute of it and thus is
a transition form to var. bella. On the other hand there are specimens of the latter
variety, furnished with umbilical cords (off Ice Fiord). Var. multilirata (Greenland)
has a greater number of revolving ridges, more or less prominent, thus forming a
transition stage to var. islandica with spiral grooves, but without keels. The strongest
sculptured specimens from Greenland show relationship, on the other hand, to var.
bella. Transition forms between the type, var. albula and var. intermedia occur at
Murman Coast and the Kola Peninsula. As to form, however, extreme varieties differ
a good deal from each other, e. g. var. bella, Norway, and the typical var. multi-
lirata, Greenland.

Variation of the radula: The number of lamella amounts to 10 in var. intermedia
and albula (from Kola--Behring Sea), but small specimens (d. 3.2—4) of the same variety
and from the same localities have only 6 lamellae on each side. In specimens of var. multi-
lirata from Davis Strait, Slamelle occur, but young specimens (d. 3.2) have only 6; the
same number is found in var. bella from Grötsund. 7 lamellae are found in the spe-
cimens from the White Sea, which mark a transition from the type to var. bella;
6 lamelle are found in the majority of specimens of var. bella (from Godthaab and
72° 10' N.), in var. albula (Kildin Island) and in var. finmarchica (Finmark; young
specimen of 3.8 mm diameter). One large specimen from Umanak was investigated;
it had only 5 Jamelle on each side. From these statements it is obvious that the
variation in the number of lamelle is not entirely dependent upon the growth in the
present species, as in forms of Margarita. Moreover one qualitative character of the
lamelle is subject to variation, namely their denticulation. Usually only the rha-
chian and median teeth have denticulated margins, but the denticulation is sometimes
found more or less extended to the lamelle, the first ones (Godthaab, Umanak) or
nearly all (Davis Strait) being bilaterally serrated. Young specimens seem to have
traces of a few denticles on both sides of every lamella (Matotschkin sharr; Vega
Exp.) even when adult specimens of the same form have them entirely smooth. The
rhachian tooth has a greater or less number of denticles (10—5) on each side and
is somewhat varied in form (cfr Figs. 9—20).

General Distribution:

Norway: var. finmarchica, Vardö—Lofoten, 120—300 fms (d. 5; G. O. Sars 1878;
Schneider 1891); var. bella, Vadsö--Lofoten, 30—40 fms (d. 7, G. O. Sars 1878;
Schneider 1881, 1885, 1891; De Guerne 1886); Bogfjord (Norman 1902); var. albula,
Vadsö—Magerö, 10--25 fms (d. 10, G. O. Sars 1878; De Guerne 1886; Schneider
1894; Norman 1902). — Murman Coast, Nova Zembla, Arctic Ocean N. of Siberia, type
and var. albula (Herzenstein 1893). — Barent Sea, 275—308 m, type (Knipowitsch
1901*). — Kolguev, 20 fms, var. albula (Melvill & Standen 1900). — Kara Sea, 2—

K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48. N:o 1. 10

74 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

120 fms, type and var. intermedia (Leche 1878). — Siberia, 4—10 fms (Aurivillius
1887). — Spitzbergen, 123—125 fms, type (Friele 1879), 68.5 m, type, and 9—14 m,
var. albula (Knipowitsch 1901*, 1902). — Jan Mayen, 70—95 fms, type (Friele 1878).
— Iceland, var. islandica (Odhner 1910). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 170
fms, fragments, 440 fms, living sp. (Jeffreys 1882). — Greenland (Mörch fide Posselt
& Jensen 1899). — East Canada, 10—40 fms, type and var. bella (Whiteaves 1901).
— New England, Fig. 22 (Gould & Binney 1870); 208 fms, var. bella (Verrill 1883);
12—487 fms (Verrill 1885). — Behring Sea to 55 fms, type and var. albula (Dall
1875; Crosse 1877; Aurivillius 1887). — Aleutian and Sitcha (Dall 1875). Depths
to 487 fms. Clay, sand, stones.

Solariella cincta (PuHiniprr 1836).

(= Trochus amabilis Jerrreys 1865.)

Habitat:

Shetland, 3 sps (Jeffreys), max. h. 6.4; ap. 2.9; d. 6; wh. 6.

General Distribution:

Shetland (Jeffreys 1865). — Between Hebrides and Faroes, 170--440 fms
(Jeffreys 1883). — Between Shetland and Faroes, 150—-286 m (Simpson 1910). —

France, 495—2020 m (Locard 1899). — Golfe de Gascogne, 510 m; off Spain, Portugal
and Morocco, 460—2115 m (Locard 1898). — Off Portugal, 220—770 fms (Jeffreys
1882, Nobre 1905). — Azores, 155—2101 m (Jeffreys 1882, Dautzenberg 1889, Locard
1898). — West Indies and Florida, 193—888 fms (Dall 1888"), — E. off Tobago, 880
fms (Dall 1889").

var. affinis JerrREYS 1883.
Pl. 5 fig. 38.
Habitat:
Storeggen, Norway, 140 fms, shingles (v. Yhlen) 1 sp., h. 6.5; ap. 3.2; d. 7;
wh. 6.
General Distribution:

Norway: Storeggen and Florö, Bergen, 100—200 fms (Friele 1874; G. O. Sars
1878). — Shetland (Jeffreys 1865) to Azores (Jeffreys 1882) together with the type.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. wn:o 1, 75

Solariella infundibulum (Warson 1879).
Pl. 5 fig. 35.

Habitat:

Newfoundland Bank 46° 6' N., 52° 3’ W., 46 fms, sand, stones, shells (Lindahl
46/5 1871) 1 eh., h. 6.73 ap. 3:6; d. 73 wh. 6.

General Distribution:

N. America, off the east coast, 36° 47’ N., 1685 fms (Dall 1889"). — Bermudas,
1075 fms (Watson 1886). — West Indies, Guadeloupe, 769—860 fms (Dall 1889*).

Moelleria costulata (MOLLER 1842).
Pl. 5 figs. 45—47.

Habitat:

Gullmarn, Bohuslan (Lovén) 1 sh., d. 2.1, together with Margarita groenlandica
and Rissoa Jeffreysi, Fig. 45.

Iceland (Odhner 1910). Dimensions: Ofjord, h. 2; d. 2.4; wh. 3'/, Fig. 47.

Spitzbergen: Horn Sound, 100 fms, clay, stones, 3 shs + 1 sp., h. 1.9; d. 2.2;
and h. 1.7; d. 2.4, Fig. 46. — Bel Sound, 30—40 fms, stones, zoophytes (Torell 1858)
3 shs+1 sp., d. 1... — Kings Bay, 20 fms, fine clay (1861) 1 sh., d. 2.2; wh. 3'/s.
Mossel Bay, 8—12 fms, sand (*'/; 1873) 1 sp., d. 2.1. — Off Mossel Bay, 15 fms,
Lithothamnium, sand ('%ı 1873) 1 sh., d. 1.9. — Castrén’s Islands, 30—40 fms, clay,
stones (/; 1868) 1 sp., h. 1.5; d. 2.1. — Charles XII Island, 80° 45' N., 25° 20' E.,
60—70 m, rocks with Corallina (°°/s 1898) 1 sp., d. 0,8; wh. 2.

West Greenland (PossELT & JENSEN 1899). Dimensions: Godthaab, h. 2; ap.
1.2; d. 1.9; wh. 344, Fig. 44.

East Greenland: Clavering Island, S. W. part, 25—40 m, mud, sand, shells,
stones ('’/ 1899) 2 sps, max. h. 1.4; d. 1.9; wh. 3’/4, Fig. 43, 44.

General Distribution:

Norway, Lofoten— Vadsö, 5—60 fms, not on the west coast (d. 2.1; G. O. Sars
1878; Schneider 1885). — Murman Coast; White Sea (Herzenstein 1893). — Franz-
Josef Land, 30 fms (Melvill & Standen 1900). — Iceland (Mörch 1869*; Verkriizen
1872). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 170 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — N. E. off
Shetland, 286 m; Fair Island 130 m (Simpson 1910). — Shetland and Scotland to
Isle of Arran, dead shells (Jeffreys 1865). — Off Santander, Golfe de Gascogne, 1960

76 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

m; E. of Morocco, 1943 m (Locard 1898). — Off Portugal, 740—1095 fms (Jeffreys
1883; Nobre 1905). — Greenland, from Disco southwards, to 100 fms (d. 2 mm;
Posselt & Jensen 1899). — East Canada, 4 fms (Whiteaves 1901). — Grand Manan,
New England, in deep water (Gould & Binney 1870). — St. Thomas, West Indies
(Verkriizen fide Jeffreys 1883). Depths to 1943 m. Clay, sand, stones.

Cyclostrema areolatum G. O. Sars 1878.

Distribution: Norway, Lofoten, 80—100 fms (d. 1.4, G. O. Sars 1878). — Fair Isles, 61° 49'N., 5°
36'W., 160 m, 1 sp. (Simpson 1910). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 170 fms (Jeffreys 1883).

Cyclostrema millepunctatum Frre.n 1886.

Distribution: W. of Tromsö, 649 fms, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp., St. 192 (Friele 1886).

Cyclostrema basistriatum (JEFFREYS) G. O. Sars 1878
(incl. var. striolata G. O. Sars 1878).
Pl. 5 figs. 40 and. 42: Pl..7 fig. 8.

Habitat:

Skagerrack, 336 fms, clay (Lindahl) 2 shs, max. h. 1.3; ap. 0.9; d. 1.5; wh.
Dan: Bergen and Kristiandsund, 60—70 fms (Lilljeborg) 10 sps, max. d. 2.5 (Mus.
U.). — Lofoten, 200—300 fms (M. Sars) many sps, max. h. 2.4; ap. 1.5; d. 2.7; wh.
34/44, Fig. 40. — Spitzbergen, a bay in Hinlopen Strait, 50 fms, reddish clay (1861)
1 sh., h. 1.6; ap. 1.2; d. 2; wh. 3'/s (strie very faint but equidistant, as in the type;
umbilicus somewhat narrower than usual), Fig. 42.

General Distribution:

Norway, Lofoten, 120—300 fms and west coast, 50-450 fms (d. 2.5; G. O.
Sars 1878; Friele 1874). — N. of Hebrides and Orkney Islands, 130—355 m (Simp-
son 1910). — North Atlantic 56° 1'N., 34° 42' W., 690 fms (Jeffreys 1877). — Porcu-
pine Exp. 1869, St. 89, 445 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — France, Golfe de Gascogne, 1020

m (Locard 1898, 1899). — Off Cape Mondego, Portugal, 740—1095 fms (Jeffreys
1883, Nobre 1905).

var. profunda FRiIeLe 1879.

Distribution: W. of Spitzbergen, 120—1333 fms and W. of Tromsö, 649 fms, Norwegian North-Atlantic
Exp. St. 353, 357 and 192 (Friele 1879, 1886; Friele & Grieg 1901).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48, N:0 1. 77

Cyclostrema Willei FrinLe 1886.

Distribution: W. of Norway, 300—649 fms, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp. St. 173 b, 192 (Friele 1886).

Cyclostrema rugulosum (JEFFREYS) G. O. Sars 1878.

Distribution: Norway, Lofoten, 120—300 fms (d. 1.3; G. O. Sars 1878). — Between Hebrides and
Faroe Isles, 189 fms; S. of Ireland, 539 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — France (Locard 1899). — Mediterranean

(Carus 1889). — New England, 365 fms (Verrill 1883).

Cyclostrema turgidum n. sp.
Pl. 5 fig: 39: Pl. 7 fig. 7.

Habitat:

North Atlantic, »Swedish Deep», 78° 19'N., 8° 41’ E., 2700 m, bottom temp. —
1.4°, Biloculina clay (Sp. Exp. **/; 1898) about 15 sps, max. h. 1.6; ap. 1; d. 1.s;

wh. 4, Fig. 39. — 40' NW. of »Swedish Deep», 77° 52' N., 8° 5’ E., 2750 m, bottom
temp. — 1.4°, Biloculina clay (Sp. Exp. ”° 1898) 1 sp., h. 1.6; ap. 1; d. 2; wh. 4.

Cyclostrema serpuloide (Montagu 1808).

(= Skenea? divisa Forres & Hantey 1853.)

Distribution: Iceland (Jeffreys 1869). — Not in Norway (G. O. Sars 1878, pag. 345). — Not in
Bohuslin (Malm 1855; cfr pag. 51 of the present work). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 530 fms
(Jeffreys 1883). — Great Britain, to 25 fms (Jeffreys 1865). — France (Locard 1892). — Spain, Vigo Bay
(Jeffreys 1883). — Mediterranean (Jeffreys 1865; Carus 1889, Skenea levis Sow.). Fossil at Uddevalla, Bo-

huslän (Jeffreys 1865, 1869).

Cyclostrema trochoide (Jerrreys) G. O. Sars 1878.

Distribution: Vardö, southwards, 10—200 fms (d. 2; G. O. Sars 1878). — Murman Coast (Herzenstein
1893). — Golfe de Gascogne, 677—1960 m (Locard 1898, 1899). — S. of Cape Mondego, Portugal, 795 fms
(Jeffreys 1883; Nobre 1905). — Cape Hatteras, Antilles to Old Providence Island (fide Locard 1898).

var. Peterseni FRreELE 1877.
Pl. 5 fig. 41.

Habitat:
Skagerrack, 336 fms, clay (Lindahl 1871) 1 sh., h. 2; ap. 1.2; d. 1.s; wh. 3

cory Ds

Fig. 41. — Beeren Island—Norway, 73° 3'N., 18° 30'E., 410 m, grayish clay, bottom

78 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

temp. + 2°C. (Sp. Exp. */> 1898) 1 sh., h. 2; ap. 1.25; d. 2.2; wh. 3'/s (differing from
the type by the body whorl being somewhat flattened towards the suture and the
aperture therefore subangular above).

General Distribution:

Norway: Lofoten, 80—100 fms (G. O. Sars 1878). — Nordland, shs (Krause
1887). — Klosterelv and Bog Fiord, East Finmark (Norman 1902). — W. off Nor-
way, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp. St. 87 and 33, 484—510 fms (Friele 1877), St.
31, 173 b, 192 and 195, 107—650 fms (Friele 1886).

Cyclostrema levigatum (JerrReys) G. O. Sars 1878.

Habitat:

Spitzbergen, King Charles Land, Bremer Sound between the Islands, 100—110
m, bottom temp. — 1.45°, fine clay with big stones, Biloculina sparse (Sp. Exp. °/s
1898) 1 sh., fragmentary, probably belonging to this species.

General Distribution:

Norway, Lofoten southwards to 200 fms (d. 1.8; G. O. Sars 1878); Nordland
(Krause 1887); Florö, Bergen, 20 fms (Friele 1876, and 1886 —C. trochoide, Friele
1876). — Between Hebrides and Faroe Isles, 189—229 fms (Jeffreys 1883). — N. of
Hebrides, 240 m, dead shs (Simpson 1910).

Adeorbis fragilis G. O. Sars 1878.

Distribution: Lofoten. 60—S80 fms, and west coast, dead shs (G. O. Sars 1878). — W. and S. off
Portugal, 322—994 fms (Jeffreys 1885, Nobre 1905).

Archyt&a delicatum Puinirri 1844.

Distribution: Lofoten, 200—300 fms, 1 sh. (G. O. Sars 1878). — Azores, 1828 m (Dautzenberg 1889).

var. expansa G. O. Sars 1878.

Distribution: Lofoten, 200—300 fms, 1 sh. together with the type (G. O. Sars 1878).

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLNGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1. 79

Description of the New Forms.

Acmea virginea (MÜLLER) var. spilzbergensis n. var.
Pl. 1 figs. 14—15.

Shell elliptic, solid, rather high, of a uniform cream colour without any traces
of red stripes, sculptured with distinct radiating threads and concentric lines of
growth. Pallial scar with a deep circular lateral sinus behind the head region. L.
10.9; Br. 8.2; h. 3.9; apex perpendicularly from anterior margin 2 mm.

This variety is distinguishable from the type by its distinct radiating sculpture
and its uniform colour. The size falls within the limits of variation of the species,
and it may be considered as a geographical variety confined to the north coast of
Spitzbergen (cfr pag. 26). Only 2 dead shells of this form have been obtained.

Solariella obscura (COUTHOUY) var. multilirata n. var.
Pl. 5 figs. 23—30; Pl. 7 fies. 18, 20.

Shell depressed conical, with rounded whorls of a yellowish white colour; spiral
sculpture about 7 lire, prominent and weak ones alternately, on the last whorl, base
striated, coarser around the umbilicus, but without keels; longitudinal sculpture in-
distinct, present in very faint traces only on the uppermost whorls; umbilicus large.
Height of shell 4.8, of aperture 2.8, diameter 6.4 mm. Radula 8.1.(2.1.2).1.8;
median teeth finely denticulated; the innermost lamellz bilaterally denticulated.

This shell differs from var. finmarchica (= M. obscura Couth. of Sars, 1878)
in its more depressed shape, its greater number of lire and in the absence of
distinct longitudinal sculpture. The two forms are nearly allied and connected by
transition stages (cfr pag. 70-73).

Cyclostrema lurgidum n. sp.
Pl. 5 fig. 39; Pl. 7 fie. 7.
Shell depressed conical, with 4 tumid whorls and deep suture, white, covered
with a light yellowish-green cuticula; spire elevated, aperture circular with simple

80 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

margin; surface for the most part smooth, but the umbilical region finely striated
by lines emerging from the umbilicus and running arcuated towards the peristome,
the upper nepionic whorl furnisbed in the middle with 2 faint spiral lire, becoming
subsutural on the next whorl and disappearing. Height 1.6; diameter 1.8; height of
aperture 1 mm; whorls 4.

Operculum corneous with central nucleus and 7 spirals.

Radula with about 50 rows, of the formula 35.0. (4.1.4).0.35. The central
tooth very large, its greatest breadth in, or just below, the middle, its upper margin
not markedly denticulated. Median teeth narrow, high, slightly pinched below the
apex, with about 4 marginal denticles. No transition (lateral) tooth. Lamelle with
a spoon-like recurved apex, the inner ones denticulated on both sides, further out
smooth, the outmost very long and narrow, pin-like.

Animal without eyes but with eye-peduncles preserved. The intestine is situated
quite in the distal part of the last whorl and the stomach behind it. The content
of the stomach and of the intestine was mud, containing Foraminifera, Diatomacea
etc. The otocysts, situated close behind the pedal ganglia, contain many otoliths.

By its nepionic sculpture this form is distinct from other species of Cyclostrema.
In C. basistriatum a sculpture of this kind sometimes occurs, but it is not constant.
The tumid whorls and the elevated spire are in such cases reliable characters for the
determination of C. turgidum. For the distribution see pag. 77.

1758.
1771.
1774.
1776.
1777.
1780.
1781.
1783.
171928
1801.
1803.
1808.
1810.
1813.
1814.
1818.
1819.

1822.
1823.
1826.
1827.
1827.
1829.
1830.

1830.
1832.
1833.
1835.
1836.
1838.
1839.
1839.

1840.
1840.
1840.
1841.
1841.
1842.
1842.
1844.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1.

List of Works referred to.

Linn, ©. von, Systema Nature X. Holmie.
» Mantissa Plantarum »
Purers, J., A Voyage towards the North Pole. London.
MÜLLER, O. F., Zoologie Danicwe Prodromus. Havniw.,
Pennant, Tu., Brit. Zool. IV. London.
Fasricius, O., Fauna groenlandica. Hafniz et Lipsix.
Cuemnitz, J. H., Neues System. Conchylien Cab. Bd V. Nürnberg.
GMELIn, J. F., Linnei Systema Nature. Lipsie 1783—90.
BRUGUIERE, J. G., Encyclopédie Méthodique. Versaille.
Lamarck, J. B. DE, Systéme des Anim. sans Vertébres. Paris.
Monraau, G., Test. Brit. I. London.
» » » Suppl. »
Montrort, D. DE, Conch. Syst. et class. méth. de Coquilles. Paris.
Sowersy, J., The mineral Conchology of Great Britain. London 1812—1830.
Broccut, G., Conchiologia fossile Subapennina ete. Milan.
MARRYAT, F., Descr. of two n. sh. Linn. Soc. Trans. XII.
Leacu, W. E., Deser. of n. sp. of. anim. discovered... in... arct. reg
London.
Lamarck, J. B. DE, Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vertébres. Vol. 7. Paris.

. Annals of Philosophy.

D’ORBIGNY, A. D., Monogr. d’un nouv. genre de moll. gastr. Mém. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris I.

Risso, A., Hist. Nat. des prince. Prod. de l’Europe Mérid. IV. Paris.
Brown, Tu., Illustr. of the recent Conch. of Gr. Brit. Edit. I. Edinburgh.
Lowe, R. T., On Balanus punct., Puncturella Flem. ete. Zool. Journal. Vol.

III. 1828.

Bronerır, W. J., & SOowERBY, G. B., Obs. on new or interest. Moll. Zool. Journal. Vol. IV.

Aupoutin, J. V., & Mi.tNe-Epwarps, H., In: Cuvier’s Rapport sur trois Mémoires ete.

XXI 1830.
Escuscuoutz, J. F., In: Kotzebue’s Neue Reise IT, Zool. Ausbeute. Weimar.

Fiemina, J., Remarks on the gen. Scissurella. Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. VI. Edinburgh.

ESCHSCHOLTZ, J. F., In: Rathke Zool. Atlas V.

CANTRAINE, F., Diagn. de quelq. esp. nouv. de Moll. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bruxelles 11.

Puriniert, R. A., Enumeratio Molluscorum Sicilie I. Berolini.

Sowersy, G. B., Malacolog. and Concholog. Magasin I.

Cancara, P., Rierche Malac. (fide Pilsbry 1889).

Coutnouy, J. P., Deser. of n. sp. of Moll... . in Massachusetts Bay. Bostc
1838—39.

Foreers, E., On some new or rare Brit. Moll. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. V.
Gray, J. E., Syn. Brit. Mus. (fide Pilsbry 1889).

Swarnson, W., A treatise on mal. ... Shells and Shell Fish. London.
GOULD, A. A., Rep. on the Invert. of Massachusetts. Cambridge.

m Journ. Soc. Nat. Hist.

Mranexs, J. W., & Apams, C. B., Deser. of 25 n. sp. of New Engl. sh. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

MÖLLER, H. P. C., Ind. Moll. Groenl. Naturhist. Tidskr. Bd IV. 1842—43.

Kjöbenhavn.

Woop, SEARLES V., A Catalogue of shells from the Crag. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IX.
Micuets, J. W., & Apams, C. B., Descer. of 24 sp. of the sh. of New Engl. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. IV.

K. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl, Band 48. N:o 1.

sl

Vol. XIV.

Annales des Sci. Nat.

Vol. II.

Vole I.

11

82

1844.
1844.
1846.
1847.
1848.
1849.
1849.

1851.

18528,
1852b.

1852.
1852.
1853.
1854

1855.
1855.
1855.
1856.
1857

1857.
1858.

1858.
1859.
1862.
1862.

1863.
1864,
1864.

1868.
1869.
1869.
1869.

18692.
1869),
1869¢.

1870.
1870.
1871.
1871.
1872.
1872.

1878,
1877.

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Puiurerr, R. A., Enumeratio Molluscorum Sicilie II.

Sowersy, G. B., The Conchological Illustrations. London.

Loven, §., Index Moll. litora Scand. oecid. habit. Öfvers. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1846. Stockholm 1847.
Pururerr, R. A., Versuch einer syst. Eintheil. d. Geschl. Trochus. Zeitschr. f. Malac. 4. Jahrg.

Woop, Searzzs V., A Monogr. of the Crag Mollusca. Part I Univalves. London.

Forses, E., In: Atheneum, Okt. 6 p. 1018 (Fide Dati 1869).

MIDDENDORFF, A. TH. von, Beitr. zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica II. Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersbourg. Sixiéme

Sér. Tome VI.
MIDDENDORFF, A. TH. von, Mollusken. In: Reise in d. äuss. Norden u. Osten Sibiriens. Bd 2. Zool. St.

Petersburg.
LILLJEBORG, W.. Norrska Mollusker (Christiansund). Öfv. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1851. Stockholm 1852.
» Kullens Hafsmollusker. IJbidem.

Mc Anprew, R., Note on the Moll. (Canary and Madeira Isl.. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. X.
SUTHERLAND, P. C.. Journ. of a voy. in Baffins and Barrows Straits. Vol. 2. Appendix. London.
FoRBES, E., & Hanury, S., Hist. of Brit. Moll. Vol. IV. London.
ASBJÖRNSEN, P. C., Bidr. til Christianiafjordens Litoralfauna I. Mollusker. Christiania.
LILLJEBORG, W., Kullens Hafsmollusker. Öfv. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1854. Stockholm 1855.
Marm, A. W., Malakozoologiska Bidrag. Göteborgs K. Vet. & Vitt. Samh. Handl. 1853—54.
REEVE, L., Account of the shells. In: The last of arctic voy. ete. Vol. 2. London.
Mc Anprew, R., & eer L., List. of Moll. (Drontheim—North Cape). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. 17.
ÜARPENTRR, P., Rep. on... the Mollusca of the West Coast of N. America. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Advence of Sci. London.
MörchH, O. A. L., eee over Grönlands Blöddyr. Naturh. Bidr. Beskr. af Grönl. Kjöbenhavn.
MArLm, A. W., Om Hafs-Moll. i Göteborgs skärg. o. Göta-elfs mynn. Göteborgs K. Vet. & Vitt. Samh. Handl.
Ny Tidsi. H. 4.
Sars, M., Bidr. til... den arkt. Moll. Fauna. Forh. Vid. Selsk. 1858, Kristiania 1859.
Torerr, O., Bidrag till Spitzbergens Molluskfauna. Stockholm.
Goutp, A. A., Otia conchologica. Boston.
SEGUENZA, G., Pal. Malac. delle Rocce Terz. Messina. Annali dell’Accad. degli Aspir. Naturalisti, 3 Serie, Vol. IT.
Napoli.
Marm, A. W., Nya fiskar, kräft- och blötdjur ete. Göteborgs K. Vet. & Vitt. Samh. Handl.
ADAMS, A., Proc. Zool. Soc. Pag. 71 (fide Pilsbry 1888).
CARPENTER, P., Suppl. Rep. on... the Moll. of the West Coast of N. America. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Advence of
Sci. London.
3RUSINA, Sp, Conchiglie Dalmate inedite. Wien Zool. Bot. Verhandl. XV.
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, British Conchology. Vol. III. London.
SCHRENK, L. von, Moll. des Amur-Landes u. des Nordjap. Meeres. Reisen und Forsch. im Amur-Lande. Bd. 2
Lief. 3. St. Petersburg.
Mören, O. A. L., Faunula Moll. Insular. FeerGens. Vid. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. 1867. Köbenhavn 1868.
Costa, A., Nuovo genere di Moll. Gastr. Prosobr. Ann. Mus. Nap. III.
Dart, W. H., Materials for a Monogr. of the Fam. Lepetid®. Amer. Journ. Conch. V.
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, British Conchology. Vol V. London.
Morcn, O, A. L., Faunula Moll. Islandi®. Vid. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. 1868. Köbenhavn.
Tillee til Faunula Moll. Insular. Faröens. Ibidem.
Catalogue des Moll. du Spitzberg. Mém. Soc. malac. de Belg. Tome 4.

GouLD, A. A.. & Binney, W. G., Rep. on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts. Boston.
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, Norwegian Mollusca. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
Dart, W. H, Preliminary Sketch of a Nat. Arrang. of the Ord. Docoglossa. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
Moércu, O. A. L.. Synopsis Moll. marin. Dani». Vid. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Köbenhavn.
Mryrr, H. A., & Mösgıvs, K., Fauna der Kieler Bucht. Bd 2.
VERKRÜZEN,.T. A, Dredging-Exk. to Iceland. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. Vol. 10.
FRiELE, H., Oversigt over de i Bergens Omegn forekomm. skaldwkte Moll. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. 1873. Christiania.
Darr, W. H., Catalogue of sh. from Bering Strait etc. Proc. Californ. Acad. of Sci. Vol. 5
Merzcer, A. (& Meyer. H. A.), Mollusca. In: Die Exp. zur Unters. d. Nordsee. Comm. zur Unters. d. deutsch.
Meere. Berlin.
VERKRÜZEN, T. A., Ber. über einen Schabe-Ausflug im Sommer 1874 (Norwegen). Jahrb. d. Malakozool. Gesellsch.
FRIELE, H., Bidr. til Vestlandets Molluskfauna. Vidensk. Selsk. 1875. Christiania.
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, On some sp. of Japanese Marine sh. etc. Journ. Linn. Soc. Vol. 12. London.
CrosseE, H., Catalogue des Moll... . détroit de Behring ete. Journ. de Conch. Vol. 25. Paris.
FRIELE, H., Prelim. Rep. on Moll. from the Norw. North-Atlant. Exp. Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. Bd 23. Kristiania.

Tungebevebningen hos de norske Rhipidoglossa. Arch. f. Mathem. og Naturvid. Bd 2. Kristiania.

18syb.
1889.
1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.
1892.
1893.
1894.
1895.
1895.
1897.
1897.

oo
me

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o 1.

JEFFRENS, J. Gwyn, Moll. of the Patellide ete. (»Valorous» Exp.) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. 19.

Smiru, E. A., On the Moll. coll. during the arct. Exp. of 1875—76. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. 20.
VERKRÜZEN, T. A., Liste der... in Neufundland und N. Scotia ges. Moll. Nachrichtsbl. d. deutsch malacozool.
Ges. Jahrg: 9.

Date, W. H., Rep. on the limpets and Chitons of the Alaskan and Arctic Reg. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Vol. I.
Frıeve, H., Jan Mayen Mollusca from the Norw. North-Atlant. Exp. Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. Bd. 24. Kristiania.
LEcHEe, W., Öfvers. öfver de af Sv. Exp. till N. Semlja o. Jenissej 1875 0. 1876 insaml. hafsmoll. K. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Handl. Bd 16. N:o 2.

Sars, G. O., Moll. Reg. arct. Norvegiw. Kristiania.

VERKRÜZEN, T. A., Zur Fauna von Neu-Schottland u. Neufundl. Jahrb. d. deutsch. malacozool. Ges. Jahrg. 6.
Frievr, H., Catalog d. auf d. Norw. Nordmeer-Exp. bei Spitzbergen gef. Moll. Jahrb. d. deutsch. malacozool.
Ges. Jahrg. 6.

Watson, R. B., Mollusca of the Challenger Exp. IV Trochidw. Journ. Linn. Soc. Vol. 14. London.

D’Ursan, W. 8. M., The Zoology of Barents Sea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. 6.

SPARRE SCHNEIDER, J., Undersög. over dyrelivet i de arkt. fjorde. 1. Kvanangenfj. Tromsö Mus. Aarsh. 4.
Dunker, G., Index Moll. Maris Japonici. Cassellis Cattoruımn.

JErFREYS, J. Gwyn, On the Moll. proc. during the »Lighting» and »Porcupine» Exp. Part. 5. Proc. Zool. Soe.

London.
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, On the Moll. proc. during the »Lighting» and »Porcupine» Exp. Part. 6. Ibidem.

» ‚On the Moll. proce. during the cruise of »Triton» ete. Ibidem.
VERRILL, A. E., Not. of Rec. Addit. to the Marine Invertebr. of the N. E. coast of America ete. Proc. U. >. Nat.
Mus. Vol. 5.

5%. Dart, W. H., Rep. on the Moll. of the Commander Isl. Proc. U. 5. Nat. Mus. Vol. 7.

Rep. on the internat. Polar Exp. to Point Barrow, Alaska. Washington.
Jerrrevs, J. Gwyn, On the Moll. proc. during the »Lighting» and »Porcupine» Exp. Part. 9. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London.
KRAUSE, A., Beitr. zur IKenntn. d. Moll.-Fauna d. Beringmeeres. Arch. f. Naturges. Jahrg. 5l. Bd 1.
SPARRE SCHNEIDER, J., Undersög. over dyrelivet i de arkt. fjorde. III Tromsösundet. Tromsö Mus. Aarsh. 8.
VERRILL, A. E., List of Deep-water and surface Moll. off the E. Coast of U. S. ete. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. VI.
1882—85.
AURIVILLIUS, C. W. S., Hafsevert. fr. nordl. Tromsö amt o. W. Finmarken. Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Förh. Bd 11.
Stockholm.
BEcHer, C., Moll. von Jan Mayen. Die Intern. Polarforsch. 1882—83. Beob.-Ergebn. herausg. v. d. Akad. d.
Wiss. Bd 3. Wien.
De Guerne, J., Le Varangerfjord etc. Extrait de Bull. Soc. malac. de Belg. Tome 21.
FriELE, H., Mollusca II. Den Norske Nordhavs Exp. 1876—78. Christiania.
Prerrer, G., Moll. von Cuinberland-Sund. Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. Jahrg. 3.
Watson, R. B., Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. Rep. Challenger. Vol. XV.
AURWILLIUS, C. W. 8., Arkt. hafsmoll. Vega Exp. Vetensk. Iaktt. Bd 4. Stockholm.
CoLuın, J., Moll. fra Kara-Havet. In: Djimphna-Togtets Zool. Udbytte. Kjöbenhavn.
Datu, W. H., Contr. to the nat. hist. of the Commander Isl. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 9.
KRAUSE, A., Beitr. zur mar. Fauna d. nördl. Norwegen. Beil. z. Programm d. Luisenstädttischen Oberrealsch.
Ostern 1887. Berlin.
PETERSEN, C. G. J., De skalbwr. Moll. Udbredn.-forhold i de Danske have ind. Skagen. Kjöbenhavn.
Pırsgry, H. A., Manual of Conchology. Vol. X. Philadelphia.

. Dar, W. H., Rep. on the Moll. Blake Exp. II. Gastropoda and Scaphopoda Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard

Coll. Vol. XVII.
Dati, W. H., Prelim. Rep. on the . . . Moll. (Albatross Exp.) Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 12.
DAUTZENBERG, P., Contrib. & la Faune Malac. des [es Acores. Res. Camp. Sci. Albert I. Fase. I. Monaco.
Pırsßry, H. A., Manual of Conchology. Vol. XI. Philadelphia.
PFEFFER, G., Fauna d. Ins. Jeretik (Murman-Küste). Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. Jahrg. 7.
SPARRE SCHNEIDER, J., Unders. over dyrelivet i de arkt. fjorde. IV. Malangenfj. Tromsö Mus. Aarsh. 14.
Krause, A., Moll. von Ostspitzbergen. Zool. Jahrb. System. etc. Bd 6. Jena.
Locarp, A., Conchyliologie frangaise. Les Coquilles marines des cötes de France. Paris.
HERZENSTEIN, S., Apergu sur la faune malac. de l’ocean glacial russe. Congrés internat. de zool. Part 2. Moscou.
SPARRE SCHNEIDER, J., Nogle bemerkn. etc... . Vardöhavets skaldeekte moll. Tromsö Mus. Aarsh. 16.

» Forts. Bidr. til... Tromsösundets Moll. fauna. Ibidem 18.
Jorpan, H. K., On some new sp. of Brit. Moll. from the Triton Exp. ete. Proc. Malac. Soe. I. London.
BIDENKAP, O., Undersög. over Lyngenfjordens evertebratfauna. Tromsö Mus. Aarsh. 20.
MAITLAND, R. T., Prodrome de Ja Faune des Pays-Bas et de la Belg. Flam. Leide.

84

1898.
1898.
1899.

1899.

1900.

1901.
19014

1901.
1901.
1902.
1902.
1902.

1902.
1903.
1904.

1905.

1905.
1997.
1907.
1907.

1907.
1907.

1908.
1909.

1909.
1910.
1910.
VOUT

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

LÖNNBERG, E., Unders. rörande Oresunds djurlif. Meddel. K. Landtbruksstyr.
Locarp, A., Exped. sei. du Travailleur et du Talisman. Moll. Testacés. Tome 2. Paris.

Les Coquilles marines au large des cötes de France. Ann. d. Soc. @ Agriculture de Lyon. Sept.
Série. Tome 6.
Possext, H. J.,& Jensen, A. S., Grönlands Brachiopoder o. Blöddyr. Meddel. om Grönl. H. 23. Afd. 1. 1898.
Kjöbenhavn.
MervitL, J. C., & STANDEN, R., Rep. on the Moll. of . .. Franz-Joseph Land. Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
& Phil. Soc. Vol. 44.
FRIELE, H., & GRIEG, J., Mollusca II. Den Norske Nordhavs Exp. 1876—78 XVIII. Christiania.
Knrpowrrscu, N., Explor. Zool. sur le batteau casse-glace »Ermak» 1901. Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg. Tome
VI. eNeri2—3,
Knipowrrscn, N., Zool. Ergebn. d. russ. Exp. nach Spitzbergen. Moll. u. Brachiop. Ibidem. N:o 4.
WHITEAVES, J. F., Catalogue of the marine Invert. of E. Canada. Geol. Survey of Canada. Ottowa.
Frieve, H., Moll. d. erst. Nordmeerfahrt d. Fischdampfers »Michael Sars» 1900. Bergens Mus. Aarbog 1902.
JOHANSEN, A. C., On the Moll... . at the coasts of Iceland. Vid. Meddel. naturhist. Foren. Köbenhavn.
KnrpowirscH, N., Zool. Ergebn. d. russ. Exp. nach Spitzbergen. Moll. u. Brachiop. ete. Ann. Mus. Zool. St.
Pétersbourg. Tome VII.
Norman, A. M., Notes on the nat. hist. of E. Finmark. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 10.
LONNBERG, E., Unders rörande Skeldervikens etc. djurlif. Meddel. K. Landtbruksstyr.
Locarp, A., Coquilles des Mers d’Europe. Turbinide. Ann. Soc. d’Agricult. de Lyon. Ser. 8. Tome 1, 1903.
Lyon 1904.
Hice, R., Mollusca and Brachiopoda d. schwed. Zool. Polarexp. 1900. Arkiv f. zoologi (IX. Sv. Vet.-Akad.) Bd 2.
N:o 13. Stockholm.
Norre, A., Moll. et Brachiop. du Portugal. J. Porto.
CHRISTENSEN, 8., Om den jydske Vestkysts Molluskfauna. Vid. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Köbenhavn.
NORDGAARD, O., Mofjordens Naturforhold. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 1906. N:o 9. Trondhjem.
ÖDHNER, N., Northern and Arctic Invertebrates etc. III. Opisthobranchia and Pteropoda. K. Sv. Vet. Akad.
Handl. Bd 41. N:o 4.
STREBEL, H., Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Moll. d. Magalhaen-Provinz. Zool. Jahrb. System. ete. Bd 25. Jena.
Tureer, Hs, Om utveckl. af Sveriges Zool. hafsstat. Kristineberg o. om djurlifvet 1 angr. haf o. fjordar. Arkiv
f. zoologi (K. Sv. Vet. Akad.) Bd 4. N:o 5. Stockholm.
STREBEL, H., Die Gastropoden. Wissenschaftl. Ergebn. d. Schwed. Südpolar Exp. 1901—1903. Stockholm.
Gries, J. A., Brachiopods and Molluscs. Rep. of the Second Norw. Arct. Exp- in the Fram 1898—1902. N:o 20.
Kristiania.
REYNELL, A., Moll.... from... Bay of Biscay. Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. Plymouth.
HARGREAVES, J. A., The Marine Moll. of the Yorkshire Coast and the Dogger Bank. Journ. of Conchology.
OpHNER, N., Marine Moll. of Iceland. Arkiv f. zoologi (K. Sv. Vet. Akad.) Bd 7. N:o 4.
DAUTZENBERG, Pu. & FıscHer, H., Moll. et Brachiop. rec. en 1908 dans les mers du Nord. Journ. de Conchylio-

logie.

KUNGL.

SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. N:O 1. 85
Index.

The names in parentheses show the genera, under which the species are described. Species with an asterisk (*

are figured.
Page. Page
Acmz»a, Eschscholtz 1830 10 Delphinoidea, Brown 1827 Aes eS : 19
Acmeide . 9, 10 * depressa, Patella vulgata var., Pennant 1777. . 30
Adeorbide : 5 10, 20 divisa, Skenea?, Forbes & Hanley 1853 a ein
Adeorbis, S. Wood 1842 . a A Sore acs 20, 21 Docoglossa Ben A EEE N Er er akonee 9
* affinis, Solariella cincta var., Jeffreys 1883 . 19, 74 elata, Emarginula fissura var., Jeffreys 1865 4]
alabastrum, Margarita, Beck (in Loven 1846) . 50 * elegantissima, Margarita, S. Wood 1848 en 18
* alba, Acmaa testudinalis var., Lovén 1846 . 23 * elevata, Acmwa rubella var., Odhner 1910 . . 11,26, 27
* » Cryptobranchia, Dall 1869 ; 12, 35 Emarginula, Lamarck 1801 Er 13, 14
* albula, PHidium fulvum var., Jeffreys 1865 12, 36 expansa, Archytz»a delicatum var., G. 0. Sars 1878 21, 78
* » Solariella obscura var., Gould 1862 . 18, 70 x » Pilidium fulvum var., Jeffreys 1865 12, 36
amabilis, Trochus, Jeffreys 1865 . RE lye 18, 74 fasciata, Margarita helicina var., Jeffreys 1865 53
* ancyloide, Propilidium (Patella), Forbes 1840 . 14, 43 * finmarchica, Solariella obscura var., n. n. 18
* angulata, Scissurella crispata var., Lovén 1846 . 13, 36 * fissura, Emarginula (Patella), Linné 1758 . 14, 40
Archytea, Costa 1869 . eames aes 20, 21 Fissurella, Bruguiére 1792 . 13
areolatum, Cyclostrema, G. O. Sars 1878 . 19, 76 Fissurellide . : ; 10, 13
argentata, Margarita, Gould 1841 16 Fissurisepta, Seguenza 1862 : 13, 14
* aspera, Scissurella crispata var., Philippi 1844 13, 36 fragilis, Adeorbis, G. O. Sars 1878 21, 78
* atropurpurea, Acmza testudinalis var., Loven 1846 23 * fulvum, Pilidium (Patella), Müller 1776 19,35
Azygobranchia 6 yo ed en 10 Gibbula, Risso 1826 . Poo Gh ono ao 3 ES Ay
* basistriatum, Cyclostrema, (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars * oigantea, Margarita olivacea var., Leche 1878 16, 54, 55
1878 Lote ee ee we we nee. 19, 76 Glyphis, Carpenter 1856 . See 13
* bella, Solariella obscura var., (Verkriizen 1875) greca, Glyphis (Patella), Linne 1758 . 13=37
G. O. Sars 1878. .... 18, 70 * grandis, Margarita cinerea var., Mörch 1857 . 17
Calliostoma, Swainson 1840 Wer 14, 15 granulosa, Fissurisepta, Jeffreys 1882 . 14, 40
cincta, Solariella (Trochus), Philippi 1836 . 18, 74 * groenlandica, Margarita (Trochus), Chemnitz 1781 17, 56
cinereformis, Solariella obscura var., Leche 1878 18 Helcion, Montfort 1810 ee: IN
* cineraria, Gibbula (Trochus), Linné 1758 15, 43 * helicina, Margarita (Turbo), Phipps 1774 . 16, 50
* cinerea, Margarita (Turbo), Couthouy 1839 17, 62 incurva, Emarginula fissura var., Jeffreys 1865 . 41
* coeca, Lepeta (Patella), Miiller 1776 « IDA Be * infundibulum, Solariella (Margarita), Watson 1879 19, 75
* coerulea, Patella vulgata var., Linné (in Jeffreys intermedia, Margarita grcenlandica var., Leche 1878 17
1865) . <4 30 * intermedia, Solariella obscura var., Leche 1878 . 18
Collisella, Dall 1871 . Spey seu. ee ees Sees 11 * islandica, Solariella obscura var., Odhner 1910 18
* conuloide, Calliostoma (Trochus), Lamarck 1822 . 15, 48 lactea, Acmea testudinalis var., Jeffreys 1865 . 23
* costulata, Moelleria (Margarita), Möller 1842 19, 75 » Acmea virginea var., Jeffreys 1865 . 25
Craspedotus, Philippi 1847 . 14, 16 levigata, Margarita gronlandica var., Mörch 1869 17
* crassa, Emarginula, Sowerby 1813 14, 42 levigatum, Cyclostrema, (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars 1878 20, 78
*crispata, Scissurella, Fleming 1832 13, 36 * levior, Margarita groenlandica var., Jeffreys 1865 17
Cryptobranchia, Middendorff 1851 12 levis, Solariella, Friele 1886 . 17, 68
Cyclostrema, Marryat 1818 19 Lepeta, Gray 1847 12
Cyelostrematidse R 10, 19 Lepetide . A 9, 12
Danilia, Brusina 1865 . . 14, 16 Macheeroplax, Frielo 1877 : 15, 17
delicatum, Archytza, Philippi 1844 . 21, 78 * magus, Gibbula (Trochus), Linné 1758 15, 47

86 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Page Page
Margarita, Leach 1819. . lee AEG rugulosum, Cyclostrema, (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars 1878 20, 77
margaritifera, Margarita cinerea var., Friele 1886 66 Rhipidoglossa. ...... 9
* miliare, Calliostoma (Trochus), Brocchi 1814 . . 15, 47 Scissurella, d’Orbigny 1823... .......2.. 12
* millegranus, Trochus, Philippi 1886... . . . . 15, 47 Scutellina, G. ©: Sars 878 = 2. . 5 un 12
millepunctatum, Cyclostrema, Friele 1886. . . 19, 76 serpuloide, Cyclostrema (Helix), Montagu 1808 . 20, 77
Moelleria, Jeffreys 1865 . . . 2. 1 se ew ee ws 19 Skenea? divisa, Forbes & Hanley 1853... . . . . 20, 77
Monodonta Tinei Caleara 1839... .. . 2 2... 16 Solariella, Searles Wood 1842 ........... 15,17
* multilirata, Margarita cinerea forma, Mörch 1869 66 * spitzbergensis, Acmxa virginea, n. var.. . 11, 25,26, 79
* » Solariella obscura, n. var. . . . . . 18, 79 * striata, Margarita, Broderip & Sowerby 1829 . 17, 62, 65
* Nacella pellucida (Linné) . » . 2 ze... 12 striolatum, Cyeclostrema, G. O. Sars 1878 . . . . 19, 76
* noachina, Puncturella (Patella), Linné 1771. . . 13, 37 subdepressa, Emarginula fissura var., Jeffreys 1865 41
obliquata, Gibbula (Trochus), Gmelin 1783 . . . 15, 45 Tectura, Audouin 1830... ........... 10
* obscura, Solariella (Turbo), Couthouy 1839 . . . 18, 70 tesselata, Acmwa (Patella), Müller 1776... .. 23
* oceidentale, Calliostoma (Trochus), Mighels & * testudinalis, Acmzxa (Patella), Müller 1776 . . . 10, 22
Adams S41 ate Ferm Gee) © re ld Tinei, Danilia (Olivia), Caleara 1839 . . .... 16
* olivacea, Margarita (Turbo), Brown 1827 . . . . 16, 54 'Trachysma, (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars 1878 . .... . . 20, 21
otavianus, Craspedotus (Olivia), Cantraine 1835 . 16, 50 Trochide . 2.2 2 2 2 ee onen nenne. 10, 14
pallida, Acmxa testudinalis var., Verkrüzen 1872 23 trochoide, Cyclostrema, (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars 1878 20, 77
papillosa, Fissurisepta, Jeffreys 18970 . 2. 2... 142 Pub1ola, Ar Adams 1864.22 ws a re 19
Batella, Inne LBS 2 1] * tumida, Gibbula (Trochus), Montagu 1808 . . . 15, 45
Batellidien vacuole st ol] * turgidum, Cyclostreman.sp........ . .20,77,'79
* patina, Acmaa, Eschscholtz 1833 ....: .. . 11, 28 * umbilicalis, Margarita groenlandica var., Broderip
* paucicostata, Scissurella crispata var.,Jeffreys 1865 13 SE DSOWELDYLS3S rer ee 17
* pellueidum, Heleion (Patella), Linné 1758 . . . 12, 30 umbilicatus Trochus, Montagu 1803)... . . . 15, 45
* pelta, Acmxa, Eschscholtz 1833... .... . 11,29 * undulata, Margarita groenlandica var., Sowerby
persona, Acmwa, Eschscholtz 1833... . . . . 11, 28 T8388: 25 ade ee een ae ee 17
* Peterseni, Cyclostrema, Friele 18977. . 2... . 20, 77 * Vahlii, Margarita, Möller 1842 . i oles 17, 67
Pilidiums Horbes 1849 er a eee ei 12 * varicosa, Solariella (Margarita), Mighels & Adams
Pleurotomarindises es een sree eee OSD, GAD: orice ee ee EEE ern ae eS OD)
profundum, Cyclostrema, Friele 1879... . . . 19, 76 * virginea, Acmeea (Patella), Müller 1776... . . 10, 24
Propilidium, Forbes & Hanley 1849 ....... . 13, 14 * vulgata, Patella, Linné 1758. ......... If, 29
Puncturellla Lower S27 sen ee 13 Willei, Cyclostrema, Friele 1886 ...... . . 20, 77
* reticulata, Emarginula, Sowerby 1813... . . 14, 40 Zizyphinus, Gray 1840........ ae 262514215
* rubella, Acmxa (Patella), Fabricius 1780 . . . . 11, 26 zizyphinus, Trochus, Linné 175 0.200. « 15, 48, 49
* rudis, Margarita groenlandica var., Mörch 1869 . 223 20branchrasee Oech og 8h 46 o°G on 6 5 10

Errata.

Page 16, line 20 from top of page /or M. helicina Pıurrs 1774 read M. helicina (Pipes 1774).
19, » 14 and 20 > >» MARRYATT » Marryar.

49, » 15 » foot » ©. zizyphinum (Lınn& 1766) » C. zizyphinum (Linne 1758).

~I

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. w:o Le 8

Fig Acmxa testudinalis (Müller), Bohuslän (Lovén), some colour variations; 2 sps seen from inside.
Fig The same, Berufjord, Iceland (Torell).

1
2
Fig. 3. The same, Berufjord, young sps.
4. The same, »Bel Sound» (Torell), 1 sp., seen from inside and outside.
Fig. 5. The same, Sukkertoppen, Greenland, seen from the left.
Fig. 6. The same, Grötsund, Finmark, from the left and from above.
Fig. 7. The same, Nivakfjord, Greenland.
Fig. 8. Acmmxa pelta Eschscholtz (left and middle sp.), and A. patina Eschscholtz (right sp.), Behring Island (Vega Exp.)
the outer sps seen from inside.
Fig. 9. Acmixa virginea (Müller), Dröbak (Loven), nat. size above, X 2 below.
Fig. 10. The same, Bohuslän (B. Fries), at the sides, and Point of Höghalla (Lönnberg), in the middle, seen from the left.
Fig. 11. The same, Finmark (Lovén).
Fig. 12. The same, the left sp. in fig. 11, x 2.
Fig. 13. The same, Raufarhofn, Iceland (Torell).
Fig. 14. The same, var. spitzbergensis n. var., Mossel Bay (from above and from the left) and Treurenburg Bay (from
the inside), |
Fig. 15. The same as in fig. 14, X 2.
Fig. 16. Acmzxa rubella (Fabricius), Kostin sharr (from the left), nat. size and X 2.
Fig. 17. The same, Treurenburg Bay, nat. size (below) and X 2 (above).
Fig. 18. The same, Pröven, Greenland, nat. size and X 2.
Fig. 19. The same, Berufjord, Iceland, nat. size and X 2.
Fig. 20. The same, Grötsund, Finmark, from the left, nat. size and X 2.5.
Fig. 21. The same, Finmark (Loven), from inside, nat. size and X 2.2.

D

The same, Berufjord, Iceland, nat. size and X 2.5.
The same, forma elevata, Berufjord, one sp. from above, the rest from the left; nat. size and X 2.5.

=
og
DOW

Patella vulgata Linné, var. depressa, Norway.

The same, var. depressa and coerulea, Väderöarna, Bohuslän, from above and from the left.
Fig. 26. The same, forma typica, Väderöarna.

Fig. 27. Helcion pellucidum (Linné), Finmark (Lovén), from the left and from above.

Fig. 28. The same, Farsund, Norway, from the left.

Fig. 29. The same, Christianiafjord (Asbjörnsen), from the left.

Fig. 30. The same, Norway (Marklin).

Fig. 3l. The same, Bohuslän (Lovén),

ee
ood

iw)

or

Fig. 32. The same, Bohuslän (B. Fries).

Plate 2.

Bios 150.

Cryptobranchia alba Dall, Konyam Bay, Behring Sea (Vega Exp.) 3 sps, from the left, from outside and from

Fig.
inside.

Fig. 2. Lepeta coeca (Müller), Christianiafjord (Asbjörnsen), 1 sp., seen from the left and from above.

Fig. 3. The same, Väderöarna, Bohuslän, 3 sps, seen from above, from the left side and from inside,

Kig. 4. The same, Bergen, 2 sps, from above and from the left.

Fig. 5. The same, Ulfsfjord, Finmark, 4 sps.

ig. above, and the left one below are the same sp.

Fig. 6. The same, Berufjord, Iceland, the median f

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

The same, Kostin sharr.

The same, Lomme Bay, Spitzbergen.

The same, Vertegen Hook, 100 fms, 2 sps, the upper fig. and the left one below are the same sp.
The same, Ice Fiord.

The same, Mossel Bay.

The same, Horn Sound.

The same, Godhavn, Greenland.

The same, Kekertak.

The same, Kekertak.

The same, Arsukfjord.

The same, Proven.

Pilidium fulvum (Müller), Väderöarna, nat. size and X 2.

The same, Väderöarna, nat. size.

The same, Grötsund, Finmark, nat. size and X 2.

The same, Utnefjord, Norway, nat. size and X 2.

'The same, Väderöarna, Bohuslän, nat. size and X 2.

The same, var. albula, Grötsund, Finmark, nat. size and X 3.7.

Propilidium ancyloide (Forbes), Väderöarna, from above and from the left, nat. size and X 3.7.
Scissurella erispata Fleming, var. aspera, Bergen, nat. size and X 3.7.

The same, var. angulata, between Norway and Beeren Island, nat. size and X 2.5.
The same, var. angulata, Dröbak, Norway, nat. size and X 2.5.

Puncturella noachina (Linné), Gullmarn (Lovén); left and middle sp. identical.
The same, Gullmarn, seen from inside, nat. size to the left, X 2.2 to the right.
The same, Väderöarna, Bohuslän, 2 sps.

The same, Bergen.

The same, Berufjord, Iceland, 3 sps.

The same, Finmark (Sparre Schneider) 3 sps.

The same, Bel Sound, Spitzbergen.

The same, Cloven Cliff.

The same, Ikamiut, Greenland.

The same, Spitzbergen (Torell).

The same, NW. of Bergen.

The same, Grötsund, Finmark.

The same, Omenak, Greenland.

The same, Pröven.:

Emarginula fissura (Linné), Finmark (Loven), |. 6.8.

The same, from the same locality as the preceding, |. 8.2.

The same, Bergen, (M. Sars).

The same, Gullmarn.

Emarginula crassa Sowerby, Gullmarn (Lovén). Dimensions of the left sp. 1. 31.4; br. 24.4; h. 11.4; of the
right sp. 1. 30; br. 23.7; h. 15.

The same, Gullmarn ; dimensions: ]. 24.2; br. 19; h. 9.

The same. Gullmarn.

The same, Grötsund, Finmark.

The same, Bergen.

Plate 3.

Figs. 1—46.

Emarginula crassa Sowerby, Gullmarn; dimensions; ]. 32.2; br. 25.7; h. 18.2.
The same, Gullmarn ; dimensions; ]. 31.4; br. 24.4; h. 11.4.

Gibbula magus (Linne), Nordkoster, Bohuslän.

Gibbula cineraria (Linné), Karlsösund, Finmark (left), Bergen (right).

The same, Bohuslän.

The same, Finmark (Lovén).

The same, Bohuslin.

Gibbula tumida (Montagu), Bohuslan.

The same, Stigfjorden, Gullmarn, Bohuslän.

wo wo WH WwW bw b
nm:

>

or

The
The
The
The
The
The

same,
same,
same,
same,

same,

same, Laholmsbukten, between Väderö and Point of Hoghalla.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR.

Storeggen, Norway.
Ulfsfjord, Finmark.
Kjosen.

Flekkefjord, Norway:
Grötsund.

Calliostoma miliare (Brocchi), Gullmarn.
The same, Gravenfjord, Norway.

The same, Bergen.
The same, Väderöarna, Bohuslän.

The same, Finmark.

Calliostoma conuloide (Lamarck), Bohuslän, Gullmarn.

The same, Bergen.

The same, Finmark.

Calliostoma occidentale (Mighels & Adams), Finmark, Loppen (Loven’s type of »Margarita alabastrum I

The same, North Sea.

Margarita helieina (Phipps), Kobbe Bay, Spitzbergen, 4—S fms,

The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The

same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,

BAND 48.

Behring Island (Vega Exp.), 1 sp-, seen from above and from aperture.
Möller Bay, Nova Zembla.
Egedesminde, Greenland.

Finmark (Loven).

Berufjord, Iceland (Torell'.

SE. of Bergen.
Norway (Düben).

Bohuslän (Loven), nat. size and X 2.5.

Margarita Vahlii Möller, Shoal Point, Spitzbergen, nat. size and X 2.5.
The same, Bel Sound (Torell) X 2.5.
The same, Bel Sound, nat. size.

The same, Öfjord, Iceland (Torell).

The same, Danes Gat, Spitzbergen, nat. size and X 2.5.

The same, Pröven, Greenland, nat. size and X 2.5.

Margarita olivacea (Brown), Öfjord, Iceland (Torell).

The
The
The
The
The

same,

same, King Charles Land, Spitzbergen.
same, var. gigantea, Off Horn Sound.

Storfjord, Spitzbergen.

same, Sukkertoppen, Greenland, 2 sps, the outer figs. from the same sp. (h. 5; d.

same, Cloven Cliff (left), Godthaab (middle), Bjarnanes (right).

Plate 4.

Tigs. 1-37.

Margarita olivacea (Brown), Arsukfjord, Greenland.

The same, var. gigantea, Irkaipij (Vega Exp.; type of Aurivillius).

The same, var. gigantea, Kara Sea.

Margarita groenlandica (Chemnitz) Egedesminde, Greenland,

The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The

same,

Godthaab.

same, Julianehaab, 10—25 fms.

same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,
same,

Julianehaab, 130 fms.
var. levigata, Umanak.

type (left) and var. levigata (right), Umanak.

Kekertak.
Kekertak, another sp-

type (at the sides) and var. levigata (in the middle), Umanak.

Upernavik.

var. umbilicalis, Pröven.
var. umbilicalis, Cape York.

same, var. umbilicalis, Cape York, another sp.
K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Band 48.

No 1.

3

89

eck»).

90 NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. V. PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Fig. 17. The same, Berufjord, Iceland.

Fig. 18. The same, var. umbilicalis, Kobbe Bay, Spitzbergen.

Fig. 19. The same, var. umbilicalis, Hinlopen Strait, 10—25 fms.

Fig. 20. The same, type and var. levigata, Bel Sound, 30—40 fms.
21. The same, var. levigata, Kostin Sharr.

Fig. 22. The same, var. rudis, Kostin Sharr.

Fig. 23. The same, type, Hackluyts Headland, Spitzbergen.

Fig. 24. The same, var. undulata, Finmark (Sparre Schneider).

Fig. 25. The same, var. undulata, Kjosen, Finmark.

Fig. 26. The same, var. levior, Bergen.

Fig. 27. The same, var. umbilicalis, Bodybet, 60—70 fms, from aperture and from above.

Fig. 28. Margarita cinerea, forma typica, Godthaab, Greenland.

Fig. 29. The same, forma typica, Godhavn.

Fig. 30. The same, forma multilirata, Pröven, Greenland.

Fig. 3l. The same, forma typica, Kvalsund, Finmark.

Fig. 32. The same, var. striata, Liefde Bay, Spitzbergen, 5 fms.

Fig. 33. The same, forma typica, Berufjord, Iceland (Torell).

Fig. 34. Ihe same, forma multilirata, Pröven, Greenland.

Fig. 35. The same, var. striata, Berufjord, Iceland (Torel)).

Fig. 36. The same, var. striata, Kostin Sharr.

Fig. 37. The same, forma typica, Horn Sound, Spitzbergen.

Plate 5.

Figs. 1—47.

Fig. 1. Margarita cinerea var. striata, Treurenburg Bay, Spitzbergen.

Fig. 2. The same, var. striata, Behring Sea (Vega Exp.).

Fig. 3. The same, forma typica, Finmark (Sparre Schneider).

Fig. 4. The same, forma typica, Finmark (Loven).

Fig. 5. The same, forma typica, Grötsund.

Fig. 6. Solariella varicosa (Mighels & Adams), Subowski, Kola; nat. size and X 2.3.
Fig. 7. The same, Vadsö, Norway.

Fig. 8. The same, Murman Coast (Herzenstein).

Fig. 9. The same, Cape Grebeni, Nova Zembla.

Fig. 10. The same, Waidaguba, Kola.

Fig. 11. The same, Newfoundland.

Fig. 12. ‘The same, Matotschkin Sharr, Nova Zembla.

Fig. 13. The same, Treurenburg Bay, Spitzbergen.

Fig. 14. The same, Hackluyts Headland. *
Fig. 15. Solariella obscura (Couthouy), transition to var. bella, Solowetskij Island, White Sea, 2 sps., nat. size and X 2.5.
Fig. 16. The same, Cape Grebeni, Nova Zembla.

Fig. 17. The same, var. intermedia, Norwegian Island, Spitzbergen.

Fig. 18. The same, NW. Atlantic (the same sp. on light and dark ground).

Fig. 19. The same, 62° 39'N., 177° 5' W. (Vega Exp. N:o 1068).

Fig. 20. The same, var. albula Gould, Kola Peninsula, Waidaguba,

Fig. 21. The same, Vega Exp., winter harbour.

Fig. 22. The same, NE. coast of N. America, nat. size and X 2.3.

Fig. 23. The same, var. intermedia, Vega Exp., 2 miles N. of the winter harbour.
Fig. 24. The same, var. islandica, Hofsos, Iceland, nat. size and X 2.3.

Fig. 25. The same, var. bella, Lofoten, nat. size and X 2.5.

Fig. 26. The same, var. bella, Grötsund, Finmark, nat. size and X 2.5.

Fig. 27. The same, var. bella, Grötsund, another sh.

Fig. 28. The same, var. multilirata n. var., Davis Strait, nat. size.

Fig. 29. The same, var. multilirata n. var., Davis Strait, X 2.3.

Fig. 30. The same as in the preceding figs., other sps., nat. size.

Fig. 3l. The same, var. bella, off Ice Fiord, nat. size and X 2.5.

Fig. 32. The same, var. multilirata, transition to finmarchica, Godhavn, Greenland.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

o

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.

39.

40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.

—
DIOR RO

—_— i
wh

Bu

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48. x:0 1. 9]

The same, var. multilirata, Umanak.

The same, var. bella, Godthaab, nat. size and
The same, var. finmarchica, Hasvig, Finmark,
The same as in the preceding fig. seen from umbilicus, nat. size and, X 2.2.

Solariella infundibulum (Watson), Bank of Newfoundland, nat. size and X 2.3.

Solariella cincta (Philippi), var. affinis, Storeggen, Norway, nat. size and X 2.3.

Cyclostrema turgidum n. sp., »Swedish Deep» (Sp. Exp. 1898), nat. size and X 5.

Cyclostrema basistriatum (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars, Lofoten, nat. size and X 5.

Cyelostrema trochoide (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars, var. Peterseni, Skagerrack, nat. size and X 5.
Cyclostrema basistriatum (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars, Spitzbergen, nat. size and X 5.

Meelleria costulata (Möller), Clavering Island, Est Greenland, nat. size and X 3.2.

The same, Godthaab, Greenland, 2 sps, nat. size and X 2.7; the left sp. below is = the preceding fig.
The same, Gullmarn (Lovén) nat. size and X 5.

The same, Horn Sound, Spitzbergen, nat. size, X 2.5 and X 5.

The same, Öfjord, Iceland, nat. size and X 3.2.

x
Oy
2

bo

sps, from aperture and from spire, x 2.:

Plate 6.

Figs. 1—20. Radule.

Acmxa testudinalis (Müller), Nivakfjord (cfr Pl. 1, fig. 7) X 50.

Acmza pelta Eschscholtz, Behring Island (cfr Pl. 1, fig. 8) x 50.

Margarita helicina (Phipps), Bohuslän (cfr Pl. 3, fig. 34). Lamelle circa 50. X 240.

The same, Mossel Bay, a median tooth; height of the sh. 8.8. X 240.

The same, Bel Sound; diameter of the sh. 9.5; lamell®e circa 80. X 240.

Margarita Vahlii Möller, Bel Sound (cfr Pl. 3, figs. 36—37). X 240. a the 5th median tooth, b the first lamella.
The same, rhachian tooth, Pröven. X 420.

Margarita olivacea Brown, 72° 8'N., 74° 20' W., largest sp. X 240.

The same, Cloven Cliff (Pl. 3, fig. 46, left); lamelle circa 60. X 240.

The same, East Greenland. X 240.

The same, var. gigantea, Off Horn Sound (Pl. 3, fig. 44). X 240.

The same, var. gigantea, Kara Sea (Pl. 4, fig. 3, right). X 240.

The same, forma typica, Bremer Sound. X 500.

Margarita groenlandica (Chemnitz) (cfr Pl. 4). « var. umbilicalis, Mossel Bay, depressed, sculptured like Pl.
4, fig. 7; d. 16. b Smeerenburg Bay, h. 13, like fig. 20. c var. levigata, Mossel Bay, elevated, like fig,
19; d. 20. d Umanak, fig. 8, the large sp. e Berufjord, fig. 17, Jamelle 100. f Godthaab, like fig. 7, the
most sps, lamelle 90.

The same, var. umbilicalis, 64° 56' N., 66° 18'W, maximal sp. (like Pl. 4 fig. 15); lamelle circa 90. X 160.

The same, var. umbilicalis, Julianehaab (Pl. 4, fig. 7, the depressed sp. below to the right); lamelix eirca
70. x 240.

The same, forma typica, the same locality and figure, the elevated sp. below; lamell» 90—100. x 240.

The same, var. levior, Bergen (Pl. 4, fig. 26); lamelle circa 90. X 240.

The same, var. undulata, Hitterö, Norway, d. 7. X 240.

The same, var. undulata, Kosterfjorden, Bohuslän, juv. (d. 3.2), lamelle circa 50. X 380.

Plate 7.

Figs. 1—20. Radulee.

Margarita cinerea Couthouy (cfr Pl. 4 and Pl. 5). x 240. a Iceland, Pl. 4, fig. 33; 6 Finmark, fig. 31; ec
Godthaab, fig. 28; d Fairhaven, like fig. 37; e var. striata, Skans Bay (like Pl. 5 fig. 1); / var. striata,
Mackenzie Bay, East Greenland; g var. grandis forma multilirata, Bremer Sound, Spitzbergen (cfr Pl. 4
fig. 34); h the same, Pendulum Island, East Greenland. Lamell® in a—g circa 50, in h 70.

The same, var. striata (= grandis Mörch), Vega Exp. 67° 5'N., 173° 24' E. (Pl. 5, fig. 2), lamellae circa 50. x 240.
The same, forma typica, juv. (d. 1.9), Finmark. Formula: circa 25.(3.1.3.) circa 25. X 700.

The same, var. striata, King Charles Land; lamelle circa 50. X 240.

92

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

fo}

Fig.
Fig.

So

=
Fig.

Fig.

=)

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

NILS ODHNER, NORTHERN AND ARCTIC INVERTEBRATES. \- PROSOBRANCHIA. 1 DIOTOCARDIA.

Solariella varicosa (Mighels & Adams), Bank of Newfoundland; rhachian tooth. X 300.

The same, Mossel Bay, diameter 12: lamelle 12. x 240.

Cyclostrema turgidum n. sp. (Pl. 5, fig. 39); lamelle circa 35; a the 4th median tooth, 6 the first lamella from
the side. X 800.

Cyclostrema basistriatum (Jeffreys) G. O. Sars, Lofoten (Pl. 5, fig. 40), rhachian tooth. X 800.

Solariella obscura Couthouy, Vega Exp. 62° 39'N., 177° 5'W., juv. (d. 4.3). x 240. a cusp of the 5th lamella,
highly magnified. Lamelle 6.

The same, from the same locality, another sp. (Pl. 5, fig. 19, the median sp.). X 240. Lamelle 10.

The same, var. intermedia, Matotschkin sharr. X 240. Lamelle 10.

The same, var. intermedia, Waidaguba. X 240. Lamell 10.

The same, var. albula, Kildin Island, rhachian and Ist median tooth. X 240. Lamelle 6.

The same, var. bella, 72° 10'’N. X 240. Lamelle 7.

The same, var. finmarchica, Finmark (Pl. 5, fig. 35); d. 4. X 240. Lamelle 6.

The same, var. bella, Godthaab (Pl. 5, fig. 4). X 240. Lamelle 6.

The same, transition from forma typica to var. bella, Solowetskij Island (Pl. 5, fig. 15). X 240. Lamell® 7.
The same, var. multilirata, Davis Strait (Pl. 5, fig. 29). X 240. Lamelle 8.

The same, var. bella, Grötsund (Pl. 5, fig. 27). x 240. Lamelle 8.

The same, var. multilirata, Umanak (Pl. 5, fig. 33). x 240. Lamell® 5.

KUNGL. SV. VET. AKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. BAND 48.

CONTENTS.

Introduction .
Systematical Section er:

Synopsis of Families . . . . .
Synopsis of Genera and Species

Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution
Description of the New Forms
List of Works referred to .
Index en
Explanation of Plates

Tryckt den 4 maj 1912.

Uppsala 1912. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B

n:0 1.

93

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. Blea.

N. Odhner phot.

’ ; y 5 a intel Bs i
J « ’ P - 2 U u
i f
4 A . a poet .
= . : ; .
1 = . y
| mie

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. Ber

Cederquists Graf. A.-B., Sthlm.

N. Odhner phot.

&
ä

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. Nio |. Die

220248

3 ss PB 3 &

31

N. Odhner phot.

Cederquists Graf. A.-B., Sthlm.

5

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. Rl.4.

N. Odhner phot.

Cederquists Graf. A.-B., Sthlm.

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. ied ray

17

N. Odhner phot. Cederquists Graf. A.-B., Sthim.

~K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. BI:

K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIENS HANDLINGAR. Band 48. N:o 1. Bier

a)

Mi
by
YY
FIHR

S44,
tf ff
Y /,

/; N:
Ih
IN j

12

‘sr
N
SR
sh a S
Br NA
\ FL DOG Tu
Pen.

N. Odhner del. Cederquists Graf. A.-B., Sthim,

PRIS 5 KR. 75 ORE

1
‘ \
% ay i
D 7 )
J ye i
. wis . “

j
:
A
=
.
»
.
~-
7
.
[>
.
‘
.
\
.
1

i.

AN af

Baar
ow ir
we

A er
1 he RE

i
e
’
.
J
‘
\

. . 9 Er
.
SS
.
”

3
criesis

Sisteest

n
wu
c
<
ree
o
i
zZ
fe}
E
>)
=
=
o
2
z
<
z
fe}
a
xr
E
=
o